The URL can be used to link to this page

R-94-10-27-10C - 10/27/1994VD ::• • - STRUCTURAL ENGINEER = ''' FISHER- HAG00D IN04. =`,•. ' t' . 301 RESTERS' - CROSSING SUITE ,, ROUND ROCK; TEXAS 78681 ` 'a�,- i 512 -244 -1546 • t ` - _ C ; ' • 512 - 388 -3698 FAX ' - ,ELECTRICRICAL ENGINEER, CONSULTANTS�16 DAVID NELSON`, "'S!`;;; dtw •'r d r•i P.O. BOX 49401• • AUSTIN, TEXAS 78765' 'a 512- 467 - 9317., - • y 512- 467 -9317 FAX rA ' ` " R.GILL do A SSOCIATES, ; '',A +. t? ;P.O. BOX-217 - ^'' ti.•. ROUND ROCK., TEXAS 78680 ` 512 - 255- 7852e2 -' •0 •,- ;,512- 255 -5445' FAX y 1r .4 MAYO'l CHARLIE;C1)LPEPPER ..; Iv1AYO1Z -TE ;tE ROBERS STLUKA "a`dt,ar. z 'COUNCIL' MEMBERS ''• ROD 'MORGAN' :° RICK,.SfE�MARJ 't, ,; ARL. PALMER MARTHA A: CHAVEZ z Y "JIMMY -JOSEPH `,e:'rn °"L ITY- ;:MAKAGER' ROBERT;L.; BENNETT: j'� n STEPHAN' L.w SHEETS PROJECT MANUAL including Specifications for construction of THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK PARKS AND RECEATION DEPARTMENT Building 'A' Finish -out Elevator and Bridge Connecting Buildings 'A' & 'B' Minor Renovation to Building 'C' 605 -609 Palm Valley Blvd., (Hwy. 79) Round Rock, Texas 78664 Prepared by Ray Gill, Jr. R. GILL & ASSOCIATES P.O. Box 217 Round Rock, Texas 78680 (512) 255 -7852 (512) 255 -5445 Fax Date of Issue August 31, 1994 SECTION 00002 PROJECT DIRECTORY Owners: City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department Attn: Sharon Prete 221 East Main Street Round Rock, Texas 78684 Architects: Ray Gill, Jr. (Principal) Fred w. Ballard, AIA (Project Manager) R. Gill & Associates P.O. Box 217 Round Rock, Texas 78680 Structural Engineers: Larry Fisher, P.E. Fisher Hagood, Inc. 301 Nesters Crossing, Suite 110 Round Rock, Texas 78681 Electrical Engineers: David Nelson, P.E. Electrical Engineering Consultants P.O. Box 49401 Austin, Texas 78765 Surveyors: A. William Waettz, P.E. Baker - Aicklen & Associates, Inc. 116 E. Main Street Round Rock, Texas 78864 END OF SECTION 00002.1 (512) 255-3612 (512) 255 -5676 Fax (512) 255 -7852 (512) 255-5445 Fax (512) 244-1548 (512) 388 -3698 Fax (512) 467 -9317 (512) 487 -9317 Fax (512) 244-9620 (512) 244-9623 Fax 1 1 1 1 00001 00002 00005 00020 00100 00300 00430 00500 00600 00750 00850 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIV. 0 DOCUMENTS Cover Page Project Directory Table Of Contents Invitation To Bid Instructions To Bidder Bid Form List Of Subcontractors Form Of Agreement Bonds Conditions of the Contract Drawings Index DIV. 1 GENERAL. REQUIREMENTS 01000 Scope of Work 01010 General Requirements 01026 Unit Prices 01030 Alternates 01060 Contractor Requirements 01300 Submittals 01410 Testing Lab Services 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01580 Project Identification & Signs 01620 Delivery and Storage 01700 Contract Closeout 01710 Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents 01740 Warranties DIV. 2 SITE WORK 02011 02070 02110 02222 02223 02371 02452 02485 02513 02585 Subsurface Investigation Selective Demolition Site Clearing Excavation Bacldilling Cast in Place Concrete Piles Site Signage Lawns and Grass Asphalt Concrete Paving Concrete Walks DIV. 3 CONCRETE 03100 03200 03300 03346 Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcement Cast -In -Place Concrete Concrete Floor Finishing DIV. 4 MASONRY 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04340 Reinforced Unit Masonry SECTION 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005-1 DIV. 5 METALS 05120 05313 05500 05520 DIV. 6 06112 06114 06200 06410 DIV. 7 07164 07210 07412 07620 07631 07920 Structural Steel Steel Floor Deck Metal Fabrications Handrails and Railings WOOD AND PLASTICS Framing & Sheathing Wood Blocking & Curbing Finish Carpentry Cabinet Work THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Bituminous Dampproofing Building Insulation Preformed Metal Roofing Flashing and Sheet Metal Gutters and Downspouts Sealants & Caulking DIV. 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08111 08112 08211 08212 08330 08710 08730 08740 Steel Doors Standard Steel Frames Flush Wood Doors Standard Wood Frames Overhead Coiling Doors Finish Hardware Weatherstripping and Seals Thresholds DIV. 9 FINISHES 09110 Metal Stud System 09220 Portland Cement Plaster 09260 Gypsum Wallboard and Framing System 09511 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring 09682 Carpet 09900 Painting DIV. 10 SPECIALTIES Not Used DIV. 11 EQUIPMENT Not Used DIV. 12 FURNISHINGS DIV. 15 MECHANICAL & PLUMBING Not Used Not Used DIV. 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION DIV. 16 ELECTRICAL Not Used Electrical DIV. 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14240 Hydraulic Passenger Elevators 00005 - 2 To all general contract bidders of record for the Work titled: City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Relocation the proposed Contract Documents are modified as follows: 1. DRAWINGS A. SheetA1.0 1. Add drawing 2 ROOF PLAN and "NOTE: METAL ROOF, GUTTERS & DOWNSPOUTS TO MATCH MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF ADJACENT BUILDINGS." 2. Call -out 1-1/2' HANDRAIL t 33" CENTERLINE ABOVE RAMP." to ramp between Elevator Machine Room and new trench drain. 3. Add post- mounted Handicapped Accessible Signage to Handicapped Accessible parking spaces East of Building 'A' (previously detailed on same sheet, but not referenced). 4. Add note "REPAIR SLIPPING STANDING SEAMS AND EDGE FLASHING ON EXISTING ROOF ON BUILDING 'A'." B. Sheet A2.0 SECTION 00902 ADDENDUM #2 1. Repair building leak that is manifest in damaged ceilings tiles in STORAGE room on South wall of Building W Second Floor (see 2/A2.0). 2. Texture finish on all new gypsum board surfaces shall be "low- texture orange -peel" (see CEILINGS / SOFFIT FINISH SCHEDULE & WALL TYPE / FINISH SCHEDULE on sheet A1.0). 3. Add note "REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. REPLACE W/ 2 x 4 STUDS @ 16" O.C. MATCH ADJACENT WOOD SIDING (a EXTERIOR; GYP. BD. FINISH @ INTERIOR (09260)." to windows In the room on First Floor and the large open room on Second Floor of Building 'A' which were previously indicated but not noted (see 1/A2.0 & 2/A2.0). 4. Add general note "INTERIOR DOOR HEADS AND JAMBS, AND WINDOW HEADS, JAMBS, AND SILLS IN UNFINISHED SPACES TO BE GYPSUM BOARD FINISH WITH TEXTURE AND PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD (SEE FINISHED SPACE AT SECOND FLOOR OF BUILDING 'A)." 5. Modify note to read "7. EXISTING (REPLACE MISSING LIGHT FIXTURE DIFFUSERS AND ALL STAINED OR DAMAGED ACOUSTIC PANELS TO MATCH ADJACENT)." (See CEILINGS / SOFFIT FINISH SCHEDULE on sheet A2.0). 00902 -1 6. Modify wall at East end of Elevator landing at Second Floor to be "EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER ON BOTH SIDES OF FRAME INFILL (STUDS ta 16" O.C.) & WRAP PLASTER AROUND TUBE COLUMN." (Note: Wall was previously shown as C.M.U. See 2/A2.0) C. Sheet A3.0 1. Add note "REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. REPLACE W/ 2 x 4 STUDS @ 16" O.C. MATCH ADJACENT WOOD SIDING @I EXTERIOR; GYP. BD. FINISH Cp INTERIOR (09260)." to windows in the room on First Floor and the large open room on Second Floor of Building 'A' which were previously indicated but not noted (see 2/A3.0 & 3/A3.0). 2. Add gutters & downspouts to match materials and installation of adjacent buildings (see 2/A3.0, 3/A3.0 & 4/A3.0). 3. Add "1 -1/2' HANDRAIL 33" CENTERLINE ABOVE RAMP." to ramp between Elevator Machine Room and new Trench Drain (see 3/A3.0 & 4/A3.0). 4. Add plaster control joints above door in Elevator tower and Elevator Machine Room (see 3/A3.0). 5. Relocate detail bubble for construction Joint at bridge (see 1/A3.0). 6. Modify East end of Elevator landing at First Floor to be "OPEN" (Note: Wall was previously noted as PLASTER ON C.M.U.) Modify wall at East end of Elevator landing at Second Floor to be "EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER ON BOTH SIDES OF FRAME INFILL (STUDS fp 16" O.C.) & WRAP PLASTER AROUND TUBE COLUMN." (Note: Wall was previously noted as PLASTER ON C.M.U.) D. Sheet A5.0 1. Replace damaged soffit above Main Entry at First Floor of Building 'A' to match adjacent exterior plywood sheathing (see 1/A5.0). 2. Relocate (lower) the two exterior lights at new roof over main entry to Building 'A' at Second Floor (see 2/A5.0). E. Sheet E -1 1. One Line Diagram - Provide NEMA 3R enclosure for new Main Distribution panel MDP. 2. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE, Type FA - Provide fixture suitable for mounting in fire rated ceiling. 3. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE, Type FC - Change fixture type to LITHONIA, 2GT 340 Al2 120 ES FR. This is a three Tamp, 2'x4' recess mounted fluorescent light fixture suitable for mounting In a fire rated ceiling and wired for dual switching. 00902 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1� 1 1 1 1 v 1 1 1 1 1 1 4. Panel Schedule 2LA - List " overcounter door" for circuit 2LA -24 and "elevator smoke detectors" circuit 2LA -26. F. Sheet E -2 1. Second Floor Lighting Plan, Large north room - Change two Tight switches, Sa and Sb, to three way switches and add two additional three way switches at south door of this room. 2. Second Floor Lighting Plan, New offices, southeast comer -Add Lighting Reference Note 3 to circuit and switch explanation. 3. First Floor Lighting Plan, Existing toilets - Add Demolition Note 3 for both the existing toilets. 4. First Floor Lighting Plan, Elevator equipment room - Change light circuit from 2LA -13 to 2LA -15 and provide lockable light switch. Wire light as indicated in Item 4 below. G. Sheet E -3 1. Demolition Notes - The number for the last note should be changed from 3 to 6. 2. Second Floor Power Plan, New offices, southeast comer - Change receptacle "EX" designation in these rooms to R. These receptacles are to be relocated to 18" AFF. 3. Second Floor Power Plan, New counter adjacent to entrance -The new motorized overcounter door shall be circuited to 2LA -24. The motor connection shall be near the west wall of this room. Contractor shall include installation of control switch on west wall and all interconnecting control wiring in bid. 4. First Floor Power Plan, Elevator equipment room and pit - The two receptacles shown shall be GFI type. Add light switch in pit for light. Use thru wire function on receptacle to provide ground fault protection for light and switch in equipment room and pit. 5. First Floor Power Plan, Elevator equipment room - Install lockable switch for elevator cab lights disconnect. 6. First Floor Power Plan, Elevator equipment room - Install 3/4" empty conduit to accessible location above new kitchen ceiling for elevator telephone. 7. First Floor Power Plan, Elevator equipment room and landings - Install 120V, smoke detector, with SPDT contacts in equipment room and on each landing. Wire to the elevator controller in equipment room for 00902 -3 • 8. First Floor Power Plan, Service Entrance Panels - The panelboard construction is ITE CDP -7. H. Sheets S1, S2 & S3 1. Replace with the attached Sheets S1 Rev. 1, S2 Rev 1 & S3 Rev 1. 2. SPECIFICATIONS (Note: Text that has been lined through (Example) represents old language that has been deleted. Text that has been underlined (Example) represents new language that has been added. A. SECTION 00300 BID FOR A LUMP SUM CONTRACT Modify the following to read: 2. The undersigned proposes the following Unit Prices (Item No. corresponds to item numbers on which unit prices are required in Section 01026 - Unit Prices Item No. 1 Cast -In -Place Concrete Piers: Unit price per foot of drilled excavation and installed 181 diameter pier. Item No. 2 Cast -In -Place Concrete Piers: Unit price per each casino required and installed on an 18" diameter pier. End of modification to this section. B. SECTION 00430 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS Modify this document to indicate that the General Contractor is not required to be licensed and only the Electrical Subcontractor and the Plumbing Subcontractor are required to be licensed. C. Modify the following to read: 1.01 DESCRIPTION elevator recall. Circuit smoke detectors to circuit 2LA -26. Provide handle lock on breaker. A. During progress of work, the Owner will require inspection on excavation for cast -in -place concrete piles and on structural weidina performed at the site. and may require testing to be performed to determine that materials provided meet specified requirements; such testing includes but is not necessarily limited to soil compaction, and normal weight concrete„ . 1.02 RELATED WORK (Net -Used) SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 00902-4 DOLLARS ($ ). DOLLARS Modify the following to read: 1.02 SUMMARY END OF ADDENDUM #2 A. Section 02221 - Excavation. End of modified sequence...additionally, modify the following: 2.02 PAYMENT FOR TESTING SERVICES A. A testing and inspection allowance of $1500.00 will be provided for inspection on excavation for cast -in -place concrete piles and on structural welding performed at the site. and other testing required by the Owner. This allowance shall cover all laboratory services, inspection fees. labor and materials, and the Contractor's profit and overhead. End of modification to this section. D. Replace Section 02222 with the attached Section 02222. End of modification to this section. E. Include attached Section 09201 - Furing and Lathing as part of the Secifications. F. SECTION 08330 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS C. Provide complete operating door assemblies including door curtains, guides, brackets. barrel. hood, counterbalance mechanism, hardware, motorized operators, and installation accessories. End of modified sequence...additionally, add the following: 2.02 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION D. Curtain hood shall be rectangular type formed from .040 inch (1mm) thick aluminum (silver anodized finish) or 18 aaae (.0478 Inch) minimum sheet metal (shop - primed. field spot - primed. two coats of matte enamel to match adiacent wail color) with rolled edges to provide structural riaidity. Provide intermediate hood support brackets. E. Motor and gear hood shall be rectangular type formed from .040 inch (1mm) thick aluminum (silver anodized finish) or 18 sage (.0478 inch) minimum sheet metal (shop - primed, field spot - primed. two coats of matte enamel to match adiacent wall color) with rolled edaes to provide structural riaidity. End of modification to this section. 00902 -5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. During progress of work, the Owner will require inspection on excavation for cast -in -place concrete piles and on structural welding performed at the site. and may require testing to be performed to determine that materials provided meet specified requirements; such testing includes but is not necessarily limited to soil compaction, and normal weight concrete„ . 1.02 RELATED WORK (Net Used) A. Section 02221 - Excavation. B. Section 05120 - Structural Steel. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of testing laboratory: The laboratory will be qualified in accordance with ASTM E- 329-70 "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel Used in Construction ". B. Selection: The Testing and Laboratory shall be as recommended by the Architect and approved by the Owner. 1.04 HANDLING A. Promptly process and distribute test reports and related instructions to assure least possible delay in work. PART2- PRODUCTS SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 2.01 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING SERVICES A. Inspection and tests required by codes, ordinances, plan approval authority, or building inspector in the field, shall be the responsibility of, and shall be paid for, by the Contractor. 2.02 PAYMENT FOR TESTING SERVICES A. A testing and inspection allowance of $1500.00 will be provided for inspection on excavation for cast -In -place concrete piles and on structural welding performed at the site. and other testing required by the Owner. This allowance shall cover all laboratory services. inspection fees, tabor and materials. and the Contractors profit and overhead. BA. When tests indicate noncompliance with Contract Documents, retesting shall be performed by the same laboratory and cost shall be paid by the General Contractor. CB. Inspection or testing performed exclusively for the Contractors convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 01410 -1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY A. Representatives of testing laboratory shall have access to work at all times; provide faculties for such access in order that laboratory may properly perform its functions. 3.02 SCHEDULES FOR TESTING A. Establishing Schedule: The time required to perform tests and issue findings should be determined by the Testing Laboratory. The Contractoris schedule must accomodate testing time necessary. B. Adherence to Schedule: When the Testing Laboratory is prevented from testing or taking specimens according to the determined schedule due to incompleteness of work, extra costs attributable to delay shall be paid by the General Contractor. 3.03 REPORTS A. Testing Laboratory shall submit one copy of report to the following: 1. Owner or designated representative 2. Architect 3. Appropriate consultant 4. General Contractor END OF SECTION 01410 - 2 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Building excavation. B. Site excavation C. Shoring excavation 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01010 - Basic Requirements: Inspection of bearing surfaces. B. Section 02223 - Backfilling. 1.03 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, rock outcropping and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from equipment and vehicular traffic. C. Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent cave -in or loose soil from falling into excavation. E. Excavations greater than 5'0" deep shall be designed by an Engineer registered in the State of Texas and meet all requirement of state and federal statutes for trench safety. F. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service utilities and pipe chases. G. Notify Architect /Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected work in area until notified to resume work. H. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. I. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water run -off into excavation. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for retention systems under provisions of Section 01300 and prepared under the direction of an Engineer registered in the State of Texas. No excavations deeper than 5' -0" will be permitted prior to approval of the retention system draw- ings. 02222 -1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Subsoil: Excavated material, graded free of lumps larger than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, and debris. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum. B. Identify known underground utilities. Stake and flag locations. C. Identify and flag surface and aerial utilities. D. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. E. Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining which pass through work area. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavation shall not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation. B. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. C. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock. D. Correct unauthorized excavation at no cost to Owner. E. Fill over - excavated areas under structure bearing surfaces by filling with concrete in accordance with direction by Architect /Engineer. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide for visual inspection of bearing surfaces under provisions of 01400. B. Provide for visual inspection of bearing surfaces. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect excavations by methods required to prevent cave -in or loose soil from falling into excavation. B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation, from freezing. END OF SECTION 02222 -2 PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 08330 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Extent of overhead coiling doors is shown on Drawings. B. Types of overhead coiling doors include the following: 1. Overhead counter doors. C. Provide complete operating door assemblies Including door curtains, guides, brackets. barrel. hood. counterbalance mechanism, hardware, motorized operators, and installation accessories. D. Electrical connections for powered operators and accessories are specified In Division 18. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, roughing -in diagrams, and installation instructions for each type and size of overhead coiling door. Provide operating instructions and maintenance information, and electrical rough -in instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings for special components and installations which are not fully dimensioned or detailed on manufacturers data sheets. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fumish overhead coiling door as a complete unit produced by one manufacturer, including hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components. B. Insert and Anchorages: Furnish anchoring devices for installation of units. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Alpine Overhead Doors, Inc. 2. Apton Door, Div. of the Union Corp. 3. Atlas Door Corp. 08330 - 1 4. The Cookson Co. 5. ComeII Iron Works Inc. 6. Dynamic Closures Corp. 7. Kinnear Div., Harsco Corp. 8. Mahon Rolling Door Div., RCM Corp. 9. North American Rolling Door, Inc. 10. Overhead Door Corp. 11. Pacific Rolling Door Co. 12. Raynor Manufacturing Co. 13. Southwestern Steel Rolling Door Co. 14. G. Wilson Corp. 15. Windsor Door Div., The Ceco Corp. 2.02 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Door Curtain: Fabricate overhead coiling door curtain of interlocking slats designed to withstand required wind loading, of continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated, provide slats of material gage recommended by door manufacturer for size and type of door required, and as follows: 1. Aluminum Door Curtain Slats: Fumish with standard mill finish. a. Fumish manufacturer's standard "flat -face" slats. B. Bottom Bar. Consisting of aluminum extrusions. C. Alluminum extrusion bolting into adjustable slots In mounting angle.Secure continuous wall angle to wall framing by 3/8" minimum bolts at not more than 30" o.c., unless closer spacing recommended by door manufacturer. Extend wall angles above door opening head to support coil brackets, unless otherwise indicated. Place anchor bolts on exterior wall guides so they are concealed when door is in closed position. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent over - travel of curtain, and continuous bar for holding windlocks. D. Curtain hood shall be rectangular type formed from .040 inch (1mm) thick aluminum (silver anodized finish) or 18 awe (.0478 inch) minimum sheet metal (shoo- primed. field spot - primed. two coats of matte enamel to match adiacent wall color) with rolled edges to provide structural rigidity. Provide intermediate hood suvoort brackets. E. Motor and gear hood shall be rectangular tvoe formed from .040 inch (1mm) thick aluminum (silver anodized finish) or 18 aaae (.0478 Inch) minimum sheet metal (shop-primed. field spot - primed. two coats of matte enamel to match adiacent wall color) with rolled edges to provide structural rigidity. 2.03 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS A. General: Fumish electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer, complete with electric motor and factory- prewired motor controls, gear reduction unit, solenoid operated brake, remote control stations, control devices, conduit and wiring from controls to motor and central stations, and accessories required for proper operation. B. Provide hand - operated disconnect . Mount disconnect so it is accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating if an emergency operator is engaged. 08330 - 2 C. Design operator so that motor may be removed without disturbing limit- switch adjustment and without affecting emergency auxiliary operator. D. Door Operator Type: Provide wall or bracket- mounted door operator units consisting of electric motor, worm gear drive from motor to reduction gear box, chain or worm gear drive from reduction box to gear wheel mounted on counterbalance shaft, and a disconnect - release for manual operation. Provide motor and drive assembly of horsepower and design as determined by door manufacturer for size of door required. E. Electric Motors: Provide high - starting torque, reversible, constant duty, Class A insulated electric motors with overload protection, sized to move door in either direction, from any position, at not less than 2/3' nor more than 1' per second. 1. Coordinate wiring requirements and current characteristics of motors with building electrical system. 2. Fumish open -drip -proof type motor and controller with NEMA Type 1 enclosure. F. Remote Control Station: Provide momentary- contact, 3 -button control station with push -button controls labeled "open ", "close and "stop ". G. Automatic Reversing Control: Fumish each door with automatic safety switch, extending full width of door bottom, and located within neoprene or rubber astragal mounted to bottom door rail. Contact with switch before fully dosing will immediately stop downward travel and reverse direction to fully opened position. Connect to control circuit through retracting safety cord and reel, or self - coiling cable. 1. Provide electrically actuated automatic bottom bar. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install door and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head mold strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports in acconiance with final Shop Drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and as specified herein. B. Upon completion of installation including work by other trades, lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion and fitting weathertight for entire perimeter. END OF SECTION 08330 - 3 SECTION 09201 FURRING AND LATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide furring and lathing for plaster surfaces as shown on Drawings and finish schedules. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09260 - Gypsum Wallboard Systems B. Section 09220 - Portland Cement Plaster. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Guarantee all lathing and furring work for two years from completion and acceptance of the work against defects. The guarantee shall bind the Contractor to repair or replace defective work at his own expense including other work affected by these repairs within the guarantee period. B. Allowable tolerances for finished flat surfaces shall not exceed 1/4 inch in 8 feet for bow, warp, plumb or level. C. Compliances: ANSI A -42.3. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials in sealed containers, bags or bundles fully identified with the manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade. Store materials in a dry, well ventilated space under cover and off the ground. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Examine surfaces which are to receive plaster, grounds and other accessories which act as grounds or screeds. Notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Verify proposed location of control joints with the Architect. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Provide samples of vent screeds and control joints to the Architect for approval prior to installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Channels: 16 -gauge steel, black asphaltum painted, 3/4 inch - 300 pounds per thousand lineal feet, 1-1/2 inches - 475 pounds per thousand lineal feet. B. Lath: 1. Typically galvanized 3/8 inch self - furring, 3.4 pounds per square yard for plastering over solid backing, i.e. sheathing, masonry and concrete. 09201 -1 C. Metal Accessories: 1. One Piece Control Joints: No. 50, 28 gauge. 2. Casing Beads: No. 66 square edge, expanded flange. 3 Access Panels: Style K, sized as shown on Drawings. 4. Comer Bead: No. 1, 26 -gauge galvanized iron. 5. Vent Screed: Extruded aluminum, vented channel screed. 6. Drip Screed: Aluminum at intersection of fascia and soffit in lieu of vent screed. 7. Hangers: No. 8, galvanized. 8. Tie wire: No. 16 and 18 pound gauge, soft annealed galvanized. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LATHING AND FURRING A. Suspended Soffits: 1. At all suspended plaster ceilings, suspend hanger wires as specified from concrete or steel construction above. Use sufficient lengths to permit embedment in concrete construction and to permit three twist tie to runner channels. 2. Space hanger wires maximum 4 feet o.c. each way and closer as required by job conditions. 3. Space runner channels 4 feet o.c. and closer as required by construction conditions. Secure channels to hanger wires as described above. 4. Install furring channels perpendicular to direction of runner channels. Space 12 inches 0.6., saddle -tie to runner channels with wire as described above. 5. Install metal lath with long dimension of lath perpendicular to furring channels. Tie to channels not more than 6 inches 0.c. Tie lath once between channels and lap 1 inch at edges. Erect lath so that plaster surfaces are obtained without excessive thickness. B. Plastering Accessories Installation: 1. Anchor each flange of accessories at 8 -Inch centers to plaster base using anchorage devices appropriate for the materials involved. 2. Miter or cope accessory comers and install with tight joints accurately aligned. Set accessories plumb, level and true to line within a tolerance of +1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3. Install comer beads at all extemal comers. 4. Install casings at termination of plaster work except where termination Is concealed by lapping work and except where special screeds, bases or frames act as casing beads. 5. Set casings 1/4 inch from abutting frames and other work. If plaster wraps a column on three sides, set casings 1/2 inch from column finish. 6. Where piaster abuts masonry or concrete, set casings 1/4 inch from abutting materials. 7. Install one piece control joints at locations where shown on the Drawings. Install control joints so that plaster panels will not exceed 144 square feet with no dimension greater than 18 feet in length or a length to width ratio of 2 -1/2 to 1. Insure lath breaks completely at control joints. 8. Install access panels where shown on the Drawings. Coordinate with Mechanical Subcontractor to insure free access to ceiling area. 3.02 CLEANING A. During Progress of Work: Remove rubbish and debris as the work progresses; leave spaces broom clean. B. At Completion of Work: Remove from the premises all rubbish and debris resulting from work. END OF SECTION 09201 - 2 ARCHITECT: R. GILL & ASSOCIATES P.O. Box 217 910-C Heritage Center Circle Round Rock, Texas 78680 Telephone: (512) 255 -7852 Fax (512) 255 -5445 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BIDDERS PROJECT: City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department (Finish out Building 'A' and new Elevator Tower) 605 Palm Valley Blvd., (Hwy. 79) Round Rock, Texas 78664 PROJECT NUMBER: 2078 BID DATE AND TIME: 2:00 p.m., Tuesday, September 20, 1994 BID OPENING LOCATION: City Council Chambers 221 East Main Street Round Rock, Texas 78664 ADDRESS BIDS TO: Purchasing Agent City of Round Rock 221 E. Main Street Round Rock, Texas 78664 CLEARLY MARK on the exterior of the envelope "BID'. NON - REFUNDABLE DOCUMENT SECURITY: $25.00 per set. BID SECURITY: Bid Bond or Cashier's Check equal to 5% of base bid. BONDING REQUIREMENTS: Performance Bond Payment Bond Bid Documents may be obtained at Round Rock City Hall, 2rd Floor (Purchasing Office), after 1:00 a.m. on Wednesday, August 31, 1994 with payment by check or money order in the amount specified as a non - refundable Document Fee. Any shipping or postage expense shall be bome by the bidder. In addition, documents may be examined at the following places: F.W. Dodge Offices in Austin and Dodge Scan AGC Offices in Austin ABC Offices in Austin A non - mandatory pre -bid conference will be held at the site (see project address above) in Building 'A' at 10:00 a.m. Friday, September 2, 1994. 00020 -1 Potential Bidders should be cognizant of the bonding requirements noted above. Bids shall be valid for a period of not less than forty five calendar days from the date of the bid opening. Bids shall be submitted in accordance with instructions contained in Section 00100. Bid security specified above must accompany the bid. Sealed bids for the above referenced project will be received at or prior to the date and time indicated at the location specified above. Bids will be opened and read aloud. Bidders and key sub - contractors are encouraged to attend. The City of Round Rock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any formalities of the bidding and to require that evidence of qualification for prime bidders and listed sub- contractors shall include financial statements. END OF SECTION 00020 - 2 1 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROJECT: City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department (Finish Out Building 'A' and Elevator Tower) PROJECT NUMBER: 2078 ARCHITECT: R. GILL & ASSOCIATES P.O. Box 217 Round Rock, Texas 78881 Telephone: (512) 255 -7852 Fax: (512) 255 -5445 Location: 910-C Heritage Center Circle Round Rock, Texas 78681 FORMAT SECTION 00100 Bids must be submitted on the bid form contained in Section 00300. Bids received late or not properly submitted will be rejected. PREPARATIONS Submit one copy of the bid with all blanks filled in. Bid forms must not be altered in any way. Qualified bids will not be considered. It is intended that work shall be done on a Lump Sum basis; therefore the Base Bid value must be filled in. If the Bidder declines to bid any attemate, the term No Bid" may be written on the bid form in the appropriate blank space. Bids must be submitted in a sealed envelope addressed to the individual specified in Section 00020. The envelope should bear the name and address of the Bidder, the name of the project and project number, and the notation "BID PROPOSAL" on the outside of the envelope. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope must be contained in another envelope addressed to the owner at the location designated in Section 00020. BIDDER QUALIFICATION The Owner may make such investigations as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work, and the Bidder shall fumish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such Bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such Bidder is property qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO ENTER INTO CONTRACT The successful Bidder, upon his failure or refusal to execute and deliver the contract, insurance and bonds required within 10 days after he has received notice of the acceptance of his bid, shall forfeit to the Owner as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid. TIME OF COMPLETION Time of completion is of importance to the Owner and may be considered in the award of the Contract. The Contractor shall state On his proposal the number of calendar days he will require to complete the project in its entirety. Payments on the Contract will be made as 1 00100 - 1 provided by the Contract. No payment will be made on the contract after 30 days prior to the completion date set by the Contractor, until final completion and acceptance by the Architect and Owner. Extensions to the completion dates as indicated on bid proposal form will be granted only if, in the opinion of the Architect, climatological conditions that impede the progress of construction significantly exceed average conditions for the local area. A guide for average climatological conditions will be the "Climatological Summary" 1994, as published by the Department of Commerce. A copy of this bulletin is included for the convenience and review of the Bidder. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to request any extension in time within two weeks after the delay occurs; and his failure to make such a request within the time limit shall void any possible extension of the Contract time of completion. The Architect will be the judge as to whether a time extension is to be granted and so notify the Contractor. CONDITIONS OF WORK Each Bidder must inform himself fully of the conditions relating to the construction of the Project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful Bidder of his obligation to fumish all material and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of his contract. ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS Request for interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other pre -bid documents shall be in writing addressed to the Architect, and to be given consideration must be received at least three days prior to the date fused for the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and supplemental instruction will be in the form of written Addenda to the specifications which, if issued. will be mailed to all prospective Bidders not later than two days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any Bidder to receive any such Addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such Bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted, all Addenda issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of Addenda on the bid form in the space provided. PERMITS, FEES, AND SALES TAX The City of Round Rock is tax exempt and will supply a certificate upon request of the Contractor. The Contractor will be required to follow all normal permit and inspection processes as established by the City of Round Rock. The City of Round Rock Will not require the payment of local permit fees. LAWS AND REGULATIONS The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable Federal Laws, State Laws, Municipal Ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the Contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though herein written out in full. OBLIGATION OF BIDDER At the time of the opening of bids each Bidder will be presumed to have inspected the site and to have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the Contract Documents (including all Addenda). The failure or omission of any Bidder to examine any form, instrument or document shall in no way relieve the Bidder from any obligation in respect of this bid. END OF SECTION 00100 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Project: City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Office Program Finish -out for Building 'A' and New Elevator Tower & Bridge Project Address: 605 Palm Valley Blvd. (Highway 79) Round Rock TX 78681 Owner. City of Round Rock Address: 221 E. Main Street Round Rock TX 78664 Architect: R. Gill & Associates 910-C Heritage Center Circle P.O. Box 217 Round Rock TX 78680 Telephone: (512) 255 -7852 Fax: (512) 255 -5445 Bidder. by: Street Address: City: Telephone: Fax: SECTION 00300 BID FOR A LUMP SUM CONTRACT SUBCONTRACTORS: The Bidder has solicited bidding information from, entered into contract negotiations with, and If awanied the Contract for Construction, intends to employ the Subcontractors listed in Section 00430 and attached to this Bid form. ADDENDA: Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: 1. Having carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, applicable Addenda and the site of the proposed Work, and being familiar with all of the conditions involving construction of the proposed Work, the Bidder hereby proposes to fumish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation services, licenses, fees, permits and Insurance necessary to construct the Project as described in the Contract Documents within the Time of Construction stated below, and for the Lump Sum price shown below which includes profit and overhead. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION: The Bidder agrees to provide Substantial Completion of the work within: Calendar Days ( ) following the date specified In a written "Notice to Proceed." He further agrees to fully complete the work thirty (30) calendar days after Substantial Completion of the work. 00300 - 1 BASE BID: The Bidder agrees to perform all of the work described In the Contract Documents as amended by the listed addenda for the Lump Sum of: 2. The undersigned proposes the following Unit Prices (Item No. corresponds to item numbers on which untt prices are required In Section 01026 - Unit Prices Item No. 1 Cast -In -Place Concrete Piers: Unit price per foot of drilled excavation and installed 18" diameter pier. 3. Should the Owner decide to proceed with the portion of the Work identified as "Alternate No 1," no change in Construction Time is requested, but add to the Base Bid amount stated above the sum of 4. Should the Owner decide to proceed with the portion of the Work identified as "Alternate No 2," no change in Construction Time is requested, but add to the Base Bid amount stated above the sum of DOIIARS ) 5. The undersigned understands and agrees to comply with and be bound by Instructions To Bidders issued for this Work. The Bidder acknowledges that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formalities in the bidding process. The Bidder agrees that the Lump Sum for construction work as well as applicable attemates and unit prices shall be valid for a period of 45 days following bid opening and may not be withdrawn without becoming subject to the forfeiture penalty noted below. The Bidder acknowledges the requirement to provide Surety Bond as required by the Contract Documents. The Bidder has enclosed bid security in the amount not less than 5 percent of the Lump Sum amount which shall become property of the Owner as liquidated damages in the event that the Bidder fails to enter into contract within 10 days after notification of award by the Owner, or fails to deliver applicable Surety Bonds as required by terms of Contract Documents. BIDDER: DOLLARS (S DOI I ARS (S DOI I ARS (S ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) by ( ) ( CORPORATE SEAL ) Address ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) License number and type: ( ) Corporation is organized under laws of the State of Bid dated this day of 19 END OF SECTION 00300 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Project: City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Office Program Finish -out for Building 'A' and New Elevator Tower & Bridge Project Address: 605 Palm Valley Blvd. (Highway 79) Round Rock TX 78881 Owner. City of Round Rock Address: 221 E. Main Street Round Rock TX 78664 Architect: R. Gill & Associates 910-C Heritage Center Circle P.O. Box 217 Round Rock TX 78880 Telephone: (512) 255-7852 Fax: (512) 255-5445 Bidder. by: Street Address: City: Telephone: Fax: SECTION 00300 BID FOR A LUMP SUM CONTRACT SUBCONTRACTORS: The Bidder has solicited bidding information from, entered into contract negotiations with, and if awarded the Contract for Construction, intends to employ the Subcontractors listed in Section 00430 and attached to this Bid form. Addenda: Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: 1. Having carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, applicable Addenda and the site of the proposed Work, and being familiar with all of the conditions involving construction of the proposed Work, the Bidder hereby proposes to fumish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation services, licenses, fees, permits and insurance necessary to construct the Project as described in the Contract Documents within the Time of Construction stated below, and for the Lump Sum price shown below which includes profit and overhead. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION: The Bidder agrees to provide Substantial Completion of the 'work within: DOLLARS ($ ). Calendar Days ( )• BASE BID: The Bidder agrees to perform all of the work described in the Contract Documents as amended by the listed addenda for the Lump Sum of: 00300 - 1 2. The undersigned proposes the following Unit Prices (Item No. corresponds to item numbers on which unit prices are required in Section 01026 - Unit Prices Item No. 1 Cast -In -Place Concrete Piers: Unit price per foot of drilled excavation and installed 181 diameter pier. DOLLARS ($ ). Item No. 2 Cast -In -Place Concrete Piers: Unit price per each casino required and installed on an 18" diameter pier. 3. Should the Owner decide to proceed with the portion of the Work identified as "AttematetNot1," no change In Construction Time is requested, but add to the Base Bid amount stated above the sum of 4. Should the Owner decide to proceed with the portion of the Work identified as "AltematetNot2," no change in Construction Time is requested, but add to the Base Bid amount stated above the sum of 5. The undersigned understands and agrees to comply with and be bound by Instructions To Bidders issued for this Work. The Bidder acknowledges that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formalities in the bidding process. The Bidder agrees that the Lump Sum for construction work as well as applicable attemates and unit prices shall be valid for a period of 45 days following bid opening and may not be withdrawn without becoming subject to the forfeiture penalty noted below. The Bidder acknowledges the requirement to provide Surety Bond as required by the Contract Documents. The Bidder has enclosed bid security in the amount not less than 5 percent of the Lump Sum amount which shall become property of the Owner as liquidated damages in the event that the Bidder fails to enter into contract within 10 days after notification of award by the Owner, or falls to deliver applicable Surety Bonds as required by terms of Contract Documents. BIDDER: ( ) ( ) ( ) by ( CORPORATE SEAL ) Address ) ) ( ) Corporation Is organized under laws of the State of Bid dated this day of 19 END OF SECTION 00300 - 2 DOLLARS (5 ). DOLLARS ($ ). 1 1 1 1 DO LARS s y 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 To: 1 1 1 1 The undersigned, in compliance with your invitation to bid for construction work on the City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department Relocation, Round Rock, Texas having examined the Drawings and Specifications with related documents and the site of the proposed Work, and being familiar with all conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed Work, hereby proposes to furnish all labor, material, equipment and supplies and to construct the project in accordance with the Contract Documents, within the time set forth herein, and at the price set forth below. These prices are to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the Contract Documents of which this proposal is a part. Bidder hereby agrees to provide Substantial Completion of the Work within calendar days following the date specified in a written Notice to Proceed'. He further agrees to fully complete the Work thirty (30) calendar days after Substantial Completion of the Work. 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Relocation R. Gill & Associates Office Program Finish -out for Building 'A' and ARCHITECTS Elevator Tower & Bridge P.O. Box 217 605 Palm Valley Blvd., (Highway 79) Round Rock, Texas 78680 Round Rock, Texas 78664 Proposal of Sir. SECTION 00303 BID FOR A STIPULATED SUM CONTRACT DATE: September 15, 1994 (Herein after called 'Bidder', 'a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas: *a partnership or *an Individual doing business as Bidder acknowledges the receipt of the following Addenda: Insert corporation, partnership, or individual as applicable. 00303 -1 BASE BID - Bidder agrees to perform all of the work described in the Contract Drawings not indicated as altemate items for the lump sum price of ALTERNATE BID NO. 1 For work described as Alternate Number 1 in Contract Drawings and Specifications, ADD TO the base bid, the sum of ($ ). ALTERNATE BID NO. 2 For work described as Attemate Number 2 in Contract Drawings and Specifications, ADD TO the base bid, the sum of ALTERNATE BID NO. 3 Should the Owner decide to eliminate all Work indicated on Sheet E-4 from the Base Bid, DEDUCT the sum of UNIT PRICES For changing quantities of Work items from those indicated by the Contract Drawings or that are undetermined, upon written instructions from the Architect, the following unit prices shall prevail. A. For addition or deletion of footage of drilled piles, ADD/DEDUCT 18' diameter Cast -In -Place Concrete Piles $ lin./ft. B. For addition or deletion of footage for casing drilled Cast -In -Place Concrete Piles (only), ADD/DEDUCT 18' diameter casing $ Dn./ft. The above unit prices shall include all labor, materials, removal, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. Changes shall be processed in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract. Amount to be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancies, the amount in words shall govem. 00303 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-a Sub - Contractors are to be as follows for. PLUMBING HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL WORK Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formalities in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 45 calendar days after the schedule closing time for receiving bids. Upon receipt of written notice of the acceptance of this bid, bidder shall execute the formal contract within 10 days and deliver a Surety Bond or Bonds as required by the General and supplementary conditions. The Bid security attached in the sum of (3 1" is to become the property of the Owner in the event the contract and bond are not executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for the decay and additional expense to the Owner caused thereby. Seal if bid is by a Corporation "Amount shall be shown in both words and figures END OF SECTION 00303-3 Respectively Submitted: By: Title: Address: 1 1 1 1 1, 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 00430 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS TO: City of Round Rock, Parks & Recreation Department hereinafter called "Owner" 1. Pursuant to bidding requirements for the Work titled: Building 'A' and Elevator Building 609 Palm Valley Blvd. (Hwy. 79) Round Rock, Texas 78664 The licensed General Contractor bidder proposes to the Owner to use the following Subcontractors licensed in the State of Texas to perform the Work. Any change in the status of this Subcontractors list will be delivered to the Architect in writing within 3 calendar days. The Owner reserves the right to disqualify the General Contractor's choice of any Subcontractor. License Trade Subcnntrantnr N4rnbaf (Electrical) (Plumbing) (name of business) (license number) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (name of business) (license number) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (Signature of licensed General Contractor bidder) (Construction Company) (Lisense-Number) 00430 -1 (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (Signature of lisensed General Contractor bidder) (Construction Company) (License - Number) 00430 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (Signature of licensed General Contractor bidder) (Construction Company) (License- Number) END OF SECTION 00430 - 3 SECTION 00430 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS TO: City of Round Rock, Parks & Recreation Department hereinafter called "Owner" 1. Pursuant to bidding requirements for the Work titled: Building 'A' and Elevator Building 609 Palm Valley Blvd. (Hwy. 79) Round Rock, Texas 78664 The licensed General Contractor bidder proposes to the Owner to use the following Subcontractors licensed in the State of Texas to perform the Work. Any change in the status of this Subcontractors list will be delivered to the Architect in writing within 3 calendar days. The Owner reserves the right to disqualify the General Contractor's choice of any Subcontractor. License Trade Suhnontrantor Number (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number (Signature of licensed General Contractor bidder) (Construction Company) (License Number) 00430 - 1 (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number (Signature of licensed General Contractor bidder) (Constriction Company) (License Number) 00430 - 2 (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number (name of business) (sheet address of business) (city of business) (telephone number (Signature of licensed General Contractor bidder) (Construction Company) (License Number) END OF SECTION 00430 - 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 00500 FORM OF AGREEMENT The Owner has indicated an intention to use AIA Document A101 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 1987 Edition as part of the Contract Documents for this Work. Copyright regulations restrict the unlicensed copying of this document into the Specifications: A copy of the referenced AIA Document is on file at the offices of the City of Round Rock, Howard Baker's office, and the Architect. All persons intending to provide goods or services in connection with the Work are advised to read and understand the referenced AIA Document prior to proceeding. END OF SECTION 00500 - 1 SECTION 00600 CONSTRUCTION BOND FORMS The Owner has indicated an intention to use AIA Document A311 CONSTRUCTION BOND FORM - and LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND FORM 1987 Edition as part of the Contract Documents for this Work. ' Copyright regulations restrict the unlicensed copying of this document into the Specifications: A copy of the referenced AIA Document is on file at the offices of the City of Round Rock, Howard Baker's office, and the Architect. All persons intending to provide goods or services in connection with the Work are advised to read and understand the referenced AIA Document prior to proceeding. END OF SECTION 00800 -1 SECTION 00750 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT The Owner has indicated an intention to use AIA Document A201 "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" 1987 edition, as part of the Contract Documents for this Work. Copyright regulations restrict the unlicensed copying of this document into the Specifications. A copy of the referenced AIA Document is on file at the offices of the City of Round Rock, Parks and Recreation Department and the Architect. All persons intending to provide goods or services in connection with the Work are advised to read and understand the referenced Al A Document prior to proceeding. The following supplements modify, change, delete from, or add to the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document A201, 1987 edition. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified, or any paragraph, subparagraph, or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph, or clause shall remain in effect. 1.01 ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Delete subparagraph 1.2.3 in its entirety and substitute the following: 1.2.3.1 The Drawings and Specifications are to be considered as cooperative and all work necessary for the execution of the work if shown on the Drawings and not described in the Specifications and all work described in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings or any work which is obviously necessary to complete the Work within limits established by the Drawings and Specifications, shall be considered as a part of the Contract and shall be executed by the Contractor in the same manner and with the same character of material as other portions of the Contract without extra compensation. 1.2.3.2The Agreement and each of the Contract Documents are complimentary, and they shall be interpreted so that what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by all. Should the Contractor observe any conflicts within the Contract Documents, he shall bring them to the Architect's attention for decision and revision as soon as possible after originally observed. In the event of duplications or conflicts of Contract Documents after the Contract has been executed, the most expensive method of work, materials and equipment shall be construed as the requirement, with a credit for all costs saved accruing to the Owner in the event the least expensive method of work Is directed. A duplication of work is not intended by the Contract Documents and any duplication specified shall not become a basis for extra cost to the Owner. B. Add new subparagraph: 1.2.6 In case of difference between the Drawings and Specifications, the Specification shall govem except in case of discrepancies between the Specifications and large scale Drawings in which case the latter shall govem. 00750 -1 The Drawings are intended to agree and to be mutually explanatory. Should any difference be found, whichever is more definite and complete shall be preferred to conflicting drawing indications. Large scale details will be preferred to small scale drawings and noted dimensions to scale measurements. When dimensions are lacking, scale measurements may be followed, but in all cases the measurements are to be checked from the work in place. Should discrepancies be found, they must be referred to the Architect for instructions. 1.02 ARTICLE 2 - OWNER A. Delete subparagraph 2.1.2 in its entirety. B. Add the following sentence: to subparagraph 2.2.5: However, misuse of and/or destruction of the original construction documents sets by the Contractor or Subcontractor requiring replacement sets shall be cause for the Contractor to bear the cost of any and all such replacement documents. 1.03 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR A. Add new subparagraphs: 3.6.2 The City of Round Rock is tax exempt. 3.6.3 The Contractor's attention is directed to Ruling No. 011 effective date, December 31, 1975, issued by the Comptroller of Public Accounts. Reference: Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax, Rules and Regulations, State of Texas. A copy of this ruling may be obtained from the Office of the Comptroller or may be examined at the office of the Architect. 3.6.4 The Contractor must comply with the requirements of the Ruling. The Owner will fumish the Contractor with an exemption certificate for the materials incorporated in the Project. 3.6.6 The Owner is exempt from city sales tax on the same basis as the State Sales Tax Exemption B. Delete subparagraph 3.7.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 3.7.1 The Contractor shall secure the building permit. All payment of City of Round Rock fees will be waived but all permits will be required. C. Delete the first sentence of subparagraph 3.9.1 and substitute the following: The Contractor shall maintain competent supervision in attendance at the project site during progress of the Work. D. Add new subparagraphs: 3.12.12 Shop Drawings shall indicate clearly the number of items, their location, dimensions, materials, assembly, fastenings, finishes, material specifications and colors. They shall provide installation details at large enough scale to show definitely and accurately the requirements, including proper anchorage. 00750 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.12.13 One Reproducible and three prints shall be sent to the Architect for his approval. Two marked up reproducible shall be returned to the General Contractor with necessary corrections. The Contractor shall make subsequent distributions as necessary. 1.04 ARTICLE 4 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT A. Delete subparagraph 4.1.3 in its entirety and substitute the following: 4.1.3 In case of termination of the employment of the Architect, a substitute Architect shall be appointed by Owner. Should the Contractor have reasonable objection to such substitute Architect, all notices, demands, or instructions to be given to any subcontractor pursuant to these General Conditions shall be given by the Owner, and the substitute Architect shall not act as an arbitrator or bind any subcontractor as to any dispute. B. Delete subparagraph 4.1.4 in its entirety. C. Modify subparagraph 4.3.2 to read: 4.3.2 Decision of Architect Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect, shall be referred initially to the Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. D. Modify subparagraph 4.3.4 to read: 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim, unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. E. Modify subparagraph 4.4.4 to read: 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Architect, the Architect will notify the parties in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the parties. Before expiration of such time period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architect's written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety and there appears to be a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. F. Delete paragraph 4.5 in its entirety. 1.05 ARTICLE 5 - SUBCONTRACTOR No supplements to this article. 1.06 ARTICLE 6 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS No supplements to this article. 00750 - 3 1.07 ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK No supplements to this article. 1.08 ARTICLE 8 - TIME A. Modify subparagraph 8.3.1 to read: 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, fire, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. Labor disputes are not defined as causes beyond the contractor's control. 1.09 ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION A. Modify subparagraph 9.2.1 to read. 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. Each item on the schedule of values shall show separate amounts for labor and material and the total for all items shall equal the amount of the contract. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. Add the following subparagraph: B. Add the following subparagraph: 9.4.3 Based upon the Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect, the Owner will make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided in the conditions of the Contract as follows: 1. Not later than ten (10) days from receipt of the Architect's approved copy of Contractor's application for payment, 90 percent of the proportion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or some other location agreed upon in writing by the parties, up to the first day of that month, Tess the aggregate of previous payments In each case. 2. The remaining 10 percent, is to be paid after Substantial Completion of the Work, its acceptance by the Project Manager and Owner and after satisfactory evidence has been given by the Contractor that all of his bills have been paid and the entire building is free from liens. Substantial Completion is defined as that time when the Architect completes a final inspection and issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion. Provided that the Owner, at any time after seventy percent (70 %) of the Work has been completed, finds that satisfactory progress is being made, the Owner, with consent of surety, may reduce the amount of retainage to five (5 %) percent. No certificate given or 00750 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 payment made under this Contract shall be conclusive of the performance of this Contract, either wholly or in part and no payment or certificate shall be construed to be an acceptance of defective work or improper materials. C. Add the following subparagraph: 9.9.4 The Contractor shall include with his final Application for Payment, copies of all manufacturers guarantees, service contracts and all other guarantees or warranties specified to extend beyond the one year period of his own guarantee. See paragraph 9.9.2 of General Conditions for additional requirements. 1.10 ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY No supplements to this article. 1.11 ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Add the following paragraph 11.1.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Owner two (2) copies of the insurance certificate or certificates showing no less than the following coverage applicable to liability which could be incurred in conjunction with this project. 1. Workman's Compensation: as required by Law 2. Bodily Injury liability: each person $300,000.00 each accident 500,000.00 3. Property Damage Liability: each accident 100,000.00 all accidents 300,000.00 4. Automobile Bodily Injury: each person 300,000.00 each accident 500,000.00 5. Automobile Property Damage: each accident 50,000.00 all accidents 100,000.00 B. Delete subparagraph 11.3.1 and substitute the following: 11.3.1 The Contractor shall provide a Builder's Risk policy to cover the entire project. The policy shall be made payable to the Contractor, Subcontractors, and the Owner as their interests appear. Submit two (2) copies of the policy to the Owner. Fire and Standard Extended Coverage shall be equal at all times to the amount which has been paid by the Owner for the work and materials plus the value of work accomplished and materials on the site which has not yet been paid for by the Owner. The policy shall include "All Risk" insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. C. Modify subparagraph 11.3.9 to read: 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured Toss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. 1f after such loss no other special 00750 - 5 agreement is made, replacement of damaged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order. D. Modify subparagraph 11.3.10 to read: 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power. E. Add the following paragraph title and subparagraph: 11.5 APPROVAL OF SURETY 11.5.1 The Surety Company issuing bonds in connection with this project must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and must be approved by the Owner. 1.12 ARTICLE 12 - UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK No supplements to this article. 1.13 ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS No supplements to this article. 1.14 ARTICLE 14 - TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT No supplements to this article. 1.15 ADD NEW ARTICLE, PARAGRAPHS AND SUBPARAGRAPHS: ARTICLE 15 - ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS 15.1 SUBSTITUTIONS 15.1.1 Where a definite item, material or quality of materials is specified and/or shown in the Drawings, the Contractor shall provide an item or material of the type and quality Indicated. Where no definite type or quality is indicated, a first class article, satisfactory to the Architect, shall be furnished. 15.1.2 If the Contractor wishes to propose an item of material for use on the project other than that specifically indicated on the Drawings or in the Specifications, he shall submit to the Architect a written request, together with complete Specifications, descriptive matter, test reports and, if required by the Architect, samples of the item or material. 15.1.3 Requests of this nature shall be made not later than FIVE DAYS prior to the bid opening date. After the contract award, requests for approval will again be received, but must be submitted not later than THIRTY DAYS after the date of the contract. 15.1.4 Any item or material approved by the Architect for use on the project shall be subject to the requirements and guarantees stipulated for the specified item or material. 00750 - 6 1 v 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15.1.5 Due to the nature of the Contract, the Contractor and the Architect during construction will work together to produce the lowest cost to the Owner by substitution of products and materials upon approval of the Owner. 15.2 WORKMANSHIP 15.2.1 The entire installation shall be of the highest grade of workmanship. Only competent and experienced workmen are to be allowed on the project. Upon written request of the Architect or his representative, the Contractor is to promptly withdraw from the project any workman who proves incompetent or falls to cooperate with other crafts to the best interest of the work. 15.3 PRIOR USE AND OCCUPANCY 15.3.1 The Contractor agrees that the Project, or a portion or part of the Project, may be subject to use and occupancy before formal acceptance by the Owner under the following conditions. 15.3.2 A Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be prepared and executed as provided in Subparagraph 9.8.2 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, except that where, in the opinion of the Architect and the Owner, the Contract is chargeable with unwarranted delay in completing the work or other contract requirements, the Contractor's signature will not be required. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be accompanied by a written endorsement by the insurance carrier and surety of all Contractors involved, which permits the Owner's occupancy during the remaining period of the work of the project. 16.3.3 The Owner's occupancy shall not be deemed as an acceptance of that part of the Project that is occupied by the Owner per previously approved punch list items. 15.3.4 The Owner's occupancy shall not be deemed as a waiver by either the Owner or any contractor of existing claims that they may have against each other. 15.3.5 No Contractor shall be deemed responsible for any damage that results from the Owners occupancy of that part of the Project occupied by the Owner. 15.4 CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND STATUS 15.4.1 The Contractor accepts the relationship of trust and confidence established between him and the Owner by this agreement. He covenants with the Owner to furnish his best skill and judgments and to cooperate with the Architect in furthering the Interests of the Owner. He agrees to furnish efficient business administration and superintendance to use his best efforts to fumish at all times an adequate supply of workmen and materials and to perform the work in the best way and in the most expeditious and economical manner consistent with the interests of the Owner. END OF SECTION 00750 - 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS General Notes; Vicinity Map; Legal Description; Project Information 1.0 Architectural Site Plan (1/8") 2.0 Floor Plans (1/8") 3.0 Exterior Elevations (1/8") 4.0 Building Sections 4.1 Details 4.2 Details 5.0 Reflected Ceiling Plans (1/8") STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS S-1 Foundation Plan and Details S-2 Second Floor Framing Plan and Details S-3 Roof Framing Plan MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M -1 Mechanical Duct Layout ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E -1 Legends, Schedules and One Line E -2 Lighting Plans E -3 Power Plans E-4 Power Site Plan SECTION 00850 DRAWINGS INDEX END OF SECTION 00850 -1 SECTION 00901 ADDENDUM NO. 1 To all general contract bidders of record on the Work titled: City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department Finish Out Building 'A' and New Elevator Tower the proposed Contract Documents are modified as follows. 1. SPECIFICATIONS A. Sections 00020 - Invitation to Bid: Pre - Bid Conference has been changed to Wednesday, September 7, 1994 at 10:00 a.m., Second Floor of Building A. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 00901 -1 SECTION 00903 ADDENDUM #3 To all general contract bidders of record for the Work titled: City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Relocation the proposed Contract Documents are modified as follows: 1. Delete the previously issued Section 00300 - BID FOR A LUMP SUM CONTRACT and substitute Section 00303 - BID CONTRACT (attached). 2. Delete previously issued Section 00430 - SUBCONTRACTORS in its entirety. END OF SECTION 00903 - 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 M' 1 1 1 SECTION 00904 ADDENDUM #4 To all general contract bidders of record for the Work titled: City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Relocation the proposed Contract Documents are modified as follows: All TS4 x 4 x 1/4 columns noted on A/S2, ore elsewhere, shall be TS6 x 6 x 1/4 columns. END OF SECTION 00904 -1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r1, 1 SECTION 01000 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Documents affecting the work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to the Drawings; the general provisions of the Contract for Construction, which contains the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions; as well as Division -0 Contract Documents sections and other Division -1 General Requirements sections of these Specifications. 1.02 SUMMARY OF WORK A. The extent of Work shown on the Drawings assumes the Owner will choose to perform all Work covered by the Base Bid as well as the Work covered separately by add - Attemates specified in Section 01030. B. The Project consists of interior finish- out work on the previously unfinished shell of the first and second floor of the City Of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Dept. Office Program Building 'A'; interior demolition, repair, and renovation on the first and second floor of Building 'A'; interior demolition and renovation on Building 'C' (remove and relocate entry doors to Second Floor Toilet Rooms only - see notes at 1/A2.1); exterior demolition, repair, and repainting on Building 'A'; a new exterior ground level ramp/walk and second level bridge connecting Buildings 'A' & 'B' served by a handicapped - accessible elevator with machine room; and sitework between Buildings 'A' &'B. C. The Work will include materials and/or labor by: 1. Selective demolition work 2. Sitework (grading, signage, paving) 3. Concrete work (foundation, slab, and raised deck) 4. Masonry work 5. Steel work (shop - fabrication, structural erection, site-welding, miscellaneous installation) 6. Carpentry work (forming, framing, finish & cabinetry) 7. Dampproofing work (subgrade on CMU walls) 8. Building insulation work 9. Piaster work (exterior composite finish system) - 10. Sheet metal (flashing and standing seam metal roofing) 11. Doors and frames (including specialty doors) 12. Acoustical panel ceiling work 13. Gypsum drywall work 14. Flooring work (resilient tile and carpet) 15. Painting (interior and exterior) 16. Hydraulic elevator work 17. Heating, Ventilating & Air Conditioning (distribution) 18. Plumbing (rough -in and fixture - setting) 19. Electrical (wiring and lighting) 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the adopted codes adopted by the City of Round Rock and the State of Texas; applicable construction industry standards; and performance specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown, specified, or required by goveming authorities having jurisdiction: 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 01000 -1 A. Where the following are required, provide: 1. Field Engineer Qualifications: Professional engineer licensed to practice in the State of Texas, and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated that have resulted in the successful installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. 2. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing laboratory must demonstrate to Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory- submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying the progress of the Work. 3. Fabricator Qualifications: Finns experienced in successfully producing fabrications similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production capacity to produce required fabrications without causing delay in the Work. Provide installation of fabrications specified by same firm that fabricated them. 4. Welder Qualifications: Contractor shall provide copies of certification that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel," D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel ", and D12 "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 5. Installer Qualifications: Firm with not Tess than 3 years of successful experience in installations with requirements similar to those for this project, and which is acceptable to manufacturer of specified products. At Architect's request, Installer shall submit a list of completed projects with project names, addresses, telephone numbers, names of Architects and Owners, and other information requested. 6. Material Compatibility: Furnish major components by a single source or manufacturer. Fumish secondary components only as recommended by manufacturer of major components, for proper integration of systems. 7. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements of this Specification and approval by the Architect, any manufacturer products which may be incorporated in the work include may be used by the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01000 -2 1 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SITE EXAMINATION SECTION 01010 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Inspection of Site: Examine the building site before submitting proposals for this work. Verify conditions under which work will be performed. No extra payments shall be allowed for claims for additional work that would have been determined or anticipated by such an inspection. B. The Contractor acknowledges that Building 'A' is partially occupied by private businesses whose utility service and normal business activities may not be interrupted without prior notice and coordination with each business, and the Architect's approval in advance. C. Location: The location of the proposed work is shown on the site plan. Confine use of the site to the portion indicated on the site plan except as approved by the Architect in advance. D. The Contractor acknowledges that the drive through the packing lot west of the Project is the principal access to the Round Rock Police Department and is frequently used by the Round Rock Fire Department equipment and, therefore, cannot be blocked temporarily, or even momentarily, for any reason whatsoever. The Contractor shall negotiate, with the Chief of Police, the renovation (remove and relocate entry doors of second floor public Toilet Rooms; patch and repair to match adjacent) In Building 'C' to take place outside of normal business hours (i.e., nights, weekends, etc.) at the convenience of the Police Department; submit an agreement signed by the Chief of Police to the Architect for approval as a submittal. In the event the Owner chooses to accept a Bid for Alternate Item No. 2, the Contractor shall negotiate the temporary road closure or blockage with the City of Round Rock Police Department and submit an agreement, signed by the Chief of Police, to the Architect for approval as part of the Shop Drawing Submittal required for the trench drain. E. Test Borings: Sub - surface soil investigations have been made in the general vicinity of the site and results indicated on Section 02011. The Contractor shall be responsible for any additional tests or borings made during bidding which he feels are desirable to more accurately estimate the work. 1.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Employ a licensed Surveyor to establish building lines and finished floor elevations. Verify all grades, lines, levels, floor elevations and site dimensioning and limits for construction as shown on Drawings. Lay out foundation lines with offset stakes so lines can be maintained. Establish the elevations for excavations and lay out drives, walks and parking. Errors or inconsistencies in the Drawings shall be reported to the Architect and his approval obtained before work is begun. B. Provide and maintain well -built batter boards at all comers. C. During the progress of the work, lay out on the forms and on the rough slabs the exact location of all partitions as a guide to all trades and maintain them as long as needed. 01010 -1 D. Before ordering any materials or doing any work, verify all measurements necessary for construction and be responsible for their correctness. No extra charge, compensation or time will be allowed on account of differences between actual dimensions of work and the graphic indications or measurements shown on the Drawings. Submit any differences to the Architect for consideration before proceeding with the work. END OF SECTION 01010 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 1 1 PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 01026 UNIT PRICES 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Documents affecting the work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to the Drawings; the general provisions of the Contract for Construction, which contains the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions; as well as Division -0 Contract Documents sections and Division -1 General Requirements sections of these Specifications. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. 1. Definition: A unit price is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services that will be added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by Change Order in the event the estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. 2. Unit prices include all necessary material, overhead, profit and applicable taxes. B. Schedule: A "Unit Price Schedule" is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials and methods described under each unit price. C. The Owner reserves the right to reject the Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of established unit prices, and to have this Work measured by an independent surveyor acceptable to the Contractor at the Owner's expense. PART 2- PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE A. Item No. 1 - Cast -in -place Concrete Piles 1. Description: Drilled excavation and installed pier in accordance with Section 02371 - Cast - in -place Concrete Piles. 2. Unit of Measurement: Depth of hole for pier in vertical linear feet as approved by inspecting Engineer. END OF SECTION 01026- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Documents affecting the work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to the Drawings; the general provisions of the Contract for Construction, which contains the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions; as well as Division -0 Contract Documents sections and other Division -1 General Requirements sections of these Specifications. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for Altemates. B. Definition: An Alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain construction activities defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in Contract Documents. C. Coordination: Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust adjacent Work as necessary to ensure that Work affected by each accepted Alternate is complete and fully integrated into the project. D. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, prepare and distribute to each party involved, notification of the status of each Alternate. Indicate whether Altemates have been accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to Alternates. E. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included in Part 3 of this Section. Include as part of each Alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: Repaint all exterior woodwork on Building 'B' to match existing. B. Altemate No. 2: Construct the trench drain shown crossing the main drive West of new elevator (adjacent to Northwest corner of Building '8'). END OF SECTION 01030 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN TRADES A. The General Contractor shall establish and require cooperation and coordination between trades whose work is dependent upon the performance of others. The General Contractor shall schedule the work to prevent delays in other work dependent upon its timely completion. No additional compensation for extra work incurred through lack of cooperation or untimely scheduling shall be paid by the Owner. B. Subcontractors whose work is executed in relation to or dependent upon prior work shall carefully inspect this prior work and submit written notice to the General Contractor of any defects that would affect the satisfactory completion or permanence of his work. No further work shall be done until such defects have been satisfactorily corrected. Absence of such written notification shall be construed as acceptance by the Subcontractor of all prior related work. 1.02 PROTECTION OF WORKMEN A. The General Contractor shall implement safety procedures in compliance with OSHA standards and maintain them during progress of the work. 1.03 REPAIR OF DAMAGE A. The General Contractor assumes responsibility for loss or damage to existing structures, landscaping and trees, adjacent property or any new work being constructed under terms of this contract. The General Contractor shall make good any equipment loss, damage or personal injury resulting therefrom without cost to the Owner. 1.04 MEASUREMENTS A. The General Contractor shall field verify all necessary dimensions prior to ordering material or doing any work. Do not scale the Drawings. No extra compensation shall be allowed on account of differences between field measurements and dimensions shown on the Drawings. 1.05 COMPLETE AND USABLE FACILITIES PART 2 - PRODUCT (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) SECTION 01060 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS A. The intent of this contract is to insure complete and usable facilities for the Owner. All equipment and appliances shown on the Drawings or described in the Specifications are to be fully installed, wired In or otherwise connected, checked out and fully operational. It is not necessary to note such requirements for each and every item. The General Contractor shall insure that Subcontractors are aware of this requirement and include all work necessary to accomplish this intent in their bids. END OF SECTION 01060 -1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS A. The General Contractor shall submit the following data unless otherwise notified: 1. Certificates of Insurance: Original and 1 Copy. 2. Proof of Bonding: Original and 1 Copy. 3. List of Subcontractors: Three Copies. 4. Schedule of Values: Two Copies. 5. Construction Schedule: One Reproducible. 6. Shop Drawings: One Reproducible, Two Prints. 7. Product Data: Six Brochures. 8. Color Selection Choices: Four sets of 2 inches x 3 inches or smaller. 9. Change Order Cost Data: Two Copies. 1.02 PROCEDURES A. Submit the above information to the Architect in writing. Letters of transmittal should indicate the project title and number. Sequential numbering is helpful to insure accuracy and completeness of transactions. B. Submit one reproducible and two prints of Shop Drawings. The Architect and the applicable consultant shall each retain a marked up print for file. The marked up reproducible shall be returned to the General Contractor for reproduction and distribution. C. Tum around time for drawings requiring review by consultants is normally ten working days. 1.03 RESUBMITTALS A. Items requiring resubmittal shall bear the same number as the original with an added letter suffix to avoid confusion. 1.04 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE A. Submit one original and one copy or two notarized copies of the insurance policies for workmen's compensation and liability insurance to the Architect immediately after notification as the successful bidder. The Architect will forward the original to the Owner and retain one copy for record purposes. B. Riders or changes to the policy shall be handled similarly as they occur. 1.05 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS A. Submit performance and payment bonds (two notarized copies) to the Architect immediately after notification of award of contract. The Architect will investigate the qualifications of the Surety Company and advise the Contractor of any problems. One copy of each bond shall be retained in the Architect's file. 01300 - 1 1.06 LIST OF SUB - CONTRACTORS A. Within ten days of contract award, submit two copies of proposed Sub - Contractors and material suppliers for approval of the Owner and Architect. Include the name and telephone number of the principal point of contact. B. Rejection of any Subcontractor or materials supplier will be provided in writing stating the reason for rejection. Replacements shall be negotiated with the General Contractor on a case by case basis. C. Acceptance of any Subcontractor does not relieve the General Contractor from responsibility for satisfactory performance as required by the contract. 1.07 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Within 3D days of contract award and prior to submission of the first partial payment request, submit a schedule of values for approval by the Architect. The schedule shall be submitted on AIA Forms G702 and G703 or a computerized version in similar format. The schedule shall generally follow the 16 section format of the specifications and shall itemize each sequential element of construction for which partial payment is appropriate. Values shall be separated into costs of material and costs of labor, if applicable. All items shall have contractor overhead and profit included unless the contract is intended to be on a fixed fee plus cost basis. All items shall total the agreed contract price. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Within 60 days of contract award, submit for approval an estimated progress schedule for the work. The schedule shall indicate start and stop dates and shall show the number of weeks for construction required by the contract. The schedule shall be in the form of a horizontal bar graph with a separate bar for each element or subdivision of work shown in the schedule of values. The schedule should closely parallel the schedule of values. 1.09 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit Shop Drawings at the scale specified in each subdivision of the Project Manual. B. The Architect shall review and indicate approval of the Shop Drawings in red ink on the reproducible copy. 1.10 PRODUCT DATA OR SAMPLES A. Submit product brochures or actual samples of materials as required by the specifications. Manufacturers' brochures shall be highlighted to show the type and style of material proposed for use If more than one item is shown on the page. 1.11 COLOR SELECTION CHOICES A. When more than one color selection is possible, submit a complete range of colors or color chart. All samples and one copy of printed material shall be retained by the Architect unless otherwise noted. 01300 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.12 CHANGE ORDER COST DATA ' A. Upon receipt of field orders or change proposal requests, submit sufficient cost data for the Architect and the Owner to make an intelligent decision for adoption. Cost savings, if any, must be clearly indicated. Cost of actual materials, labor, contractor overhead and profit must be listed separately. Percentages may be used if applicable. B. No work shall be done on field order authorization which will commit the Owner to additional contract costs. A duly authenticated change order is the only means of altering the contract amount in dollars or in time. PART 2 PRODUCT (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01300 - 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. During progress of work, the Owner may require testing to be performed to determine that materials provided meet specified requirements; such testing includes but is not necessarily limited to soil compaction, normal weight concrete, and welded connections. 1.02 RELATED WORK (Not Used) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of testing laboratory: The laboratory will be qualified in accordance with ASTM E- 329 -70 Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel Used in Construction ". B. Selection: The Testing and Laboratory shall be as recommended by the Architect and approved by the Owner. 1.04 HANDLING SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Promptly process and distribute test reports and related instructions to assure least possible delay in work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING SERVICES A. Inspection and tests required by codes, ordinances, plan approval authority, or building inspector in the field, shall be the responsibility of, and shall be paid for, by the Contractor. 2.02 PAYMENT FOR TESTING SERVICES A. When tests indicate noncompliance with Contract Documents, retesting shall be performed by the same laboratory and cost shall be paid by the General Contractor. B. Inspection or testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY A. Representatives of testing laboratory shall have access to work at all times; provide facilities for such access in order that laboratory may properly perform its functions. 3.02 SCHEDULES FOR TESTING A. Establishing Schedule: The time required to perform tests and issue findings should be determined by the Testing Laboratory. The Contractor's schedule must accomodate testing time necessary. 01410 -1 B. Adherence to Schedule: When the Testing Laboratory is prevented from testing or taking specimens according to the determined schedule due to incompleteness of work, extra costs attributable to delay shall be paid by the General Contractor. 3.03 REPORTS A. Testing Laboratory shall submit one copy of report to the following: 1. Owner or designated representative 2. Architect 3. Appropriate consultant 4. General Contractor END OF SECTION 01410 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 v 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01500 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 TEMPORARY BUILDINGS A. Provide office facilities at the site as required for the proper conduct of the Work. B. The Contractor may use the existing buildings as needed for temporary office. The second floor toilets in Building 'A' may be used for temporary toilet facilities and must be kept clean at all times. C. Upon completion of the project or when directed by the Architect, remove such temporary facilities from the site. 1.02 TELEPHONE SERVICE 1.03 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Provide a telephone at construction site. Pay for the installation, maintenance, and removal of the telephone and for all charges for its use. The telephone shall remain until the full completion of the Work. A. The Contractor may use the existing water service for construction of this project at no charge to the Contractor. 1.04 ELECTRICITY FOR CONSTRUCTION A. The electrical service is currently operational and will be available for use at no charge to the Contractor. B. HVAC thermostats may not be set below 78° F nor left on after hours; doing so constitutes abuse of the privilege and will cause Contractor to forfeit the electric service provided by the Owner at no charge. 1.05 HANDLING MATERIALS A. Property care for and protect materials and equipment at the site. Placement of building materials and equipment at the site shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 1.06 TEMPORARY HEAT A. If temporary heat is required for the protection of the work before the permanent heating apparatus is available for use, provide approved heating apparatus, adequate and proper fuel and maintain heat as required for protecting or drying out the work. Install temporary heating apparatus and operate it in such a manner that the finished work will not be damaged thereby. 1.07 BARRICADES AND WALKWAYS A. Maintain at all times adequate barricades and enclosed walkways to protect the workmen and public from injury. 01500 - 1 B. The parking of workmen's vehicles and the materials for construction shall be limited to the general areas as shown on the Limits of Construction. The Architect will be the sole judge of limit violations of which the General Contractor will immediately rectify. C. Maintain at all times clear paths of access to all existing buildings and facilities for continued use. PART 2 - PRODUCT (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01500 - 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS SECTION 01580 ' PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide a project identification sign in accordance with the design, colors, configuration and size described herein. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Sign shall be prepared by a professional sign painter and shall be painted with techniques and lettering of high quality in correct proportions and spelling. The Architect shall be the judge of quality and accuracy. A. Lumber. 1. Sign Facing: 4 x 8 feet by 3/4 inch thick exterior grade plywood. 2. Supports: 4 x 4 inch pressure treated posts with lengths as necessary to achieve anchoring and height desired. 3. Bracing: 4 x 4 inch by 8 feet pressure treated. B. Hardware: 1. Bolts: 1/2 inch diameter through- bolts, washers and nuts where shown. C. Paint: All colors refer to Devoe chips. If substitute paint manufacturer is used, color must match the Devoe color specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Construct the framework for the sign on the job site in the location and facing direction specified by the Architect. Set the posts into the ground at least three feet and backfill as necessary for the sign to withstand wind gusts to 60 MPH. B. Skid construction may be substituted when circumstances prevent digging of holes. Skid mount must be designed to tie down or be weighted to withstand the wind load specified above. 3.02 PAINTING A. Paint the sign in accordance with the design provided by Architect, adding the names of the companies and firms provided by the Architect. 01580 -1 3.03 ERECTION A. The sign shall be installed within 15 days of contract award or when exterior work begins, whichever comes first. The sign shalt be removed when the project is substantially complete or when directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION 01580 -2 SCALE: 3/4" =1 ' -0" LJ / v2" STRIP � PROJECT NAME NAME NAME NAME ❑ BOLTS And ASS A CIATES RAY GILL, JR. ARCHITECT R. ``Gp�IILL. BO %SOCIATES Rau,. Rcig? w.S �9aaG —G� CONSULTING ENGINEERS LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION CONSULTING ENGINEERS NAYS PLUMBING NAME NVAC NAYS ELECTRICAL NAME LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION LJ _ LETTERS TO BE 6" IN HEIGHT. STANDARD LOGO LETTERS TO BE — 3' IN HEIGHT ALL 3" AND 6" LETTER TYPE TO BE HEVETIGA REGULAR. BACKGROUND TO BE DEVOE #2M3AE DRIFTWOOD TONE. LETTERS TO BE PITTSBURG PAINTS #40 PILGRIMBLUE. PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 01620 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Documents affecting the work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to: the Drawings; the general provisions of the Contract for Construction, which contains the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions; as well as Division -0 Documents sections and other Division -1 General Requirements sections of these Specifications. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other losses. B. Deliver products to the site in the manufacturers original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing; store and handle products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft. C. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents, and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. D. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. E. Store original, unopened packages off the ground, under cover in a dry location, or in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, temperature changes, direct sunlight, surface contamination or other causes. Stack properly to ensure that material does not warp; stack according to THIS SIDE UP" indicators and do not stack above the recommended height. Provide for air circulation (and humidity control, if necessary) within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials. F. Before installing, permit materials to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisutre content. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01620 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The General Contractor shall comply with requirements stated in these Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the Work. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. When Contractor considers the Work is substantially complete, he shall submit to the Architect the following information: 1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete. 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected. B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Architect and Owner's Representative will make an inspection to determine the status of completion. C. Should Architect and Owner's Representative determine that the Work is not substantially complete: 1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons therefor. 2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a second written notice of substantial completion to the Architect. 3. Architect and Owner's Representative will reinspect the Work. D. When Architect and Owner's Representative concur that the Work is substantially complete, the Architect will: 1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704, accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, as verified and amended by the Architect and Engineering Consultants. 2. Submit the Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibility assigned to them in the certificate. A. When Contractor considers the Work and all punch list items complete, he shall submit written certification that: 1. Contract documents have been reviewed. 2. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 4. Work has been inspected in compliance with Contract Documents. B. Architect and Owner's Representative will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Should Architect and Owner's Representative consider that work is incomplete or defective: 1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 01700 - 1 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to Architect that the Work is complete. 3. When Architect and Owner's Representative finds that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, the Architect shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals. 1.04 REINSPECTION FEES A. In the event Architect is required to perfonn reinspections due to failure of the Work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor. 1. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment to the Contractor. 2. Owner will compensate Architect for such additional services. 1.05 CONTRACTORS CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECTS A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of goveming authorities: 1. Certificate of Occupancy. 2. Certificates of Inspection. B. Project Record Documents. C. Warranties and Bonds. D. Keys and Keying Schedule: See Section 08700 - Finish Hardware. E. Evidence of Payment to all subcontractors and materialmen and uncondiitional Release of Liens: See General and Supplementary Conditions. 1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to Architect. The statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: 1. The original Contract Sum. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Certificate of Payment b. Previous Change Orders c. Allowances d. Unit Prices e. Deductions for Uncorrected Work f. Deductions for ReInspection Payments g. Other Adjustments 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 4. Previous Payments. 5. Sum remaining due. C. Architect will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1.07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract. END OF SECTION 01700 - 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 01710 CLEANING A. The General Contractor is expected to maintain premises and public properties free from accumulation of waste, debris and rubbish caused by operations during the entire course of the work. At completion of work, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery and surplus materials and clean all sight exposed surfaces; leave project clean and ready for occupancy. 1.02 SAFETY A. Standards: Maintain project in accordance with applicable safety and insurance standards and insurance requirements. B. Hazard Control: Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. C. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti- pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. 3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 - MATERIALS A. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces as recommended by cleaning material manufacturer or by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute cleaning to ensure building, grounds and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. C. At reasonable intervals (maximum each week) during progress of work, clean site and public properties and dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 01710 -1 D. Provide on -site containers for collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. E. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site and legally dispose of at .registered landfill. F. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. G. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ experienced workmen, or professional cleaners, for final cleaning. B. In preparation for substantial completion or occupancy, conduct final inspection of sight - exposed interior and exterior surfaces and of concealed spaces. C. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials, from sight - exposed interior or exterior finished surfaces; shine surfaces so designated for polished finish. D. Repair, patch and touch -up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces. E. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds. F. Owner will assume responsibility for cleaning as of time designated on Certificate of Substantial Completion for Owner's acceptance of project or portion thereof. END OF SECTION 01710 - 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The General Contractor is responsible to prepare and keep current a complete record of all work done as a result of his contract. The record documents shall be available for review by the Architect as the job progresses. 1.02 DOCUMENTS SECTION 01720 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at Job Site, one copy of: 1. Contract Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Reviewed Shop Drawings and other Submittals 5. Change Orders and Change Directives 6. Other Modifications to Contract 7. Permits, Inspection Records, and Field Test Records B. Store Record Documents in temporary Field Office, apart from Documents used for construction. C. Provide files and racks for storage of Documents. D. Maintain Documents in clean, dry, legible condition. E. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. F. Make Documents available at all times for inspection by Building Inspectors, Architect/Engineer, and Owner. G. Maintain records even though no changes are made from original documents. 1.03 MARKING DEVICES A. Provide colored pencil for marking, conforming to follow color code: 1. Red for Architectural Work 2. Blue for Structural Work 3. Green for Plumbing Work 4. Orange for HVAC Work 5. Brown for Electrical Work 6. Black for other written notations B. Use colored pencils that will reproduce in sepia mylar process. 1.04 PROJECT RECORDS DOCUMENTS A. Label each document "Project Record" In 1 inch high printed letters. 01720 -1 B. Keep Record Documents current. C. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. D. Contract Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction, if applicable: 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to First Floor Level. 2. Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Location of intemal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes made by change order or written construction change directive. 6. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark up each Section to record: 1. Manufacturer, Trade Name, Catalog Number and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by change order or written directive. 3. Other matters not originally specified. F. Shop Drawings: Maintain as Record Documents; legibly annotate following drawings to record changes made after review: 1. Structural Steel 2. Reinforcing Steel 3. Millwork 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. At completion of project, transfer all Project Record Data to one complete set of sepia mylars sepias and deliver one complete set of sepia mylars of all drawings and one set of specifications containing all changes and modifications that occurred during construction to the Architect. The cost of printing the mylar sepias shall be paid by the Contractor. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project Title and Number 3. Contractor's Name and Address 4. Title and Number of Each Record Document 5. Certification that each Document as submitted is complete and accurate. 6. Signature of Contractor, or his Authorized Representative. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01720 - 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES A. Compile warranties specified in the quality control portion of each specification section and submit to Architect. Warranties to commence no earlier than the date of Substantial Completion. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Contract Closeout - Section 01700. B. Warranties stipulated by the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. Assemble warranties and guarantees executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. B. Provide two original signed copies of each submittal. C. Table of Contents: Neatly typewritten table of contents as follows: 1. Product of work item. 2. Firm of origination of warranty, with name of Principal, address and telephone number. 3. Scope 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration of warranty, bond or service maintenance contract. 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 1.04 EXTENDED WARRANTY LIST PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01740 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. Boring logs for the general vicinity of construction are following. The logs of borings indicate materials penetrated at specific locations of borings. The complete report of the testing laboratory may be examined in the office of the Architect. The Owner and the Architect assume no responsibility for any conclusions or Interpretations made on the basis of subsurface information contained in the Contract documents. PART 2 - PRODUCT (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) SECTION 02011 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION END OF SECTION 02011 -1 • I PROPOSES STRUCTURE PLATE 11 BORING LOCATION PLAN HERITAGE 9 ROUND ROCK, TEXAS FRANK O. RRVANT! ASSOCIATES (1701 CONSULTANTS 1107 W.019%. 771/771,770. 15.70: +0000., 5417 OM NM r= MI MI N MI M- 111111111111111111 - MN MI MN IIIII OM NM OM — • MI OM NM M —• UM all r NM M B-I — - - - - - -- -- — — -- 35 rI 69 co 1.9 P3.5 P2.5 gw4.9 P4.5 qu T3 P45 qu 0.6 CLAYS of 'high plasticity. (CH) Clayey GRAVEL. (GC) SHALE LIMESTONE Deplh, f t. B•2 B - 3 0 PI.75 P4.5 P4.5 5 P45 P45 ■w3.2 10 P45 1 5 - - - - -- w6119 20 25 30 40 45 50 N- Penetration Resistance Blows /Foot ASTM D1566 -74 P- Pocket Penetrometer tsf ASTM D2488 -75 L E G E N D qq: Unconfined Compressive Strength tsf ASTM D2166-79 ASTM D 2938 -79 Horizontal SCALE i I" = 80' 99 P3 5 qu 23.75 P4 5 P10 PI.0 qt, 6.7 46635 6.070 P4 5 8-9 7 =P4.5 P4.5 P45 P35 P40 P4.5 P4.5 qtr 1.13 I 4—qua 20 —gw2.7 — P45 PLATE III SUBSURFACE PROFILE HERITAGE 9 ROUND ROCK, TEXAS B -8 __ PI.5 P30 PoO �P25 Po5 00 p —P45 4 —q., 4 5 —*PT 4 FRANK G. BRYANT & ASSOCIATES, INC. OEOTECHNICAL CONSULTANTS 1107 W. GIBSON AUSTIN, TEX AS DATE: 6/85 JOB NO.: 5417 B -4 P2.5 quu30 P4 5 P45 - P45 P9.5 420 qu.49 P4.5 u.6.2 qu 9.2 Horizontal SCALE 1 = 80' 8 - 5 Depth, ft. l .5 2 5 0 P3.5 29.2 p 2 20 5 19.5 P3.0 7 P20 10 .50 15 r9.3 20 a s 25 ut3.0 30 - 35 40 45 — 50 Note. See Plate 111 for legend. B -6 8-9 P9.5 P4.5 P4.6 P3.6 P9 0 P4.5 P4.5 qu qua° •qu'2.T P9.5 PLATE IV SUBSURFACE PROFILE HERITAGE 9 ROUND ROCK, TEXAS DATE: 6/B5 ,o8 No.: 5417 B -7 /. tiral UM WEI ■i FRANK G. BRYANT & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL CONSULTANTS 1107 W. GIBSON AUSTIN. TEXAS P30 0 a0 73 10 D0 w 117 mu min MI MEI OM MN UM MI MI 111•1 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG PROJECT Heritage 9 BORING NO. B -1 Round Rock, Texas DATE 5/24/85 JOB NO. 5417 TYPE OF BORING Core SURFACE ELEV. E _ — c d Z ► y a O a LEGEND— =groundwater table :/mole tyro O thin - walled tuba p penetration test • no recovery • double tuba core barrel m disturbed ❑ Y T. Z - u - 2z I I I g DESCRIPTION OF STRATA 2 ¢ Il — — 1 /% Dark brown CLAY, w /scattered limestone fragments. N9 — P2.0 p3.5 — — P2.5 P4.5 --- _ 1 P4.5 _ • P4.5 - - P4.5 — _ — P4.5 — 2 I / CH — _ 5 _ --- to 3 Reddish tan CLAY, w /scattered limestone fragments. CH 4 % Tan and light gray CLAY, jointed, w /scattered 5 �' lignite particles and selenite lenses. CH (Del Rio Formation) — 15 — 20 — 25 — 6 /� V 7 R _ Dark era SHALE w scattered fossils. -- Tan SHALE. Dark gray SHALE, w /scattered fossils. — 30 -•. — — 35 9 = = Total depth of boring, 30.5 ft. NOTE: Boring was advanced dry, and no groundwater was detected. - — 1• 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 02011 - 5 FRANK G. BRYANT B. ASSOCIATES. IN Austm.Teaan SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG PROJECT Heritage 9 BORING NO. B -2 Round Rock, Texas DATE 5/20/85 JOB NO. 5417 TYPE OF BORING Core SURFACE ELEV. _ - r W O .. D .. F ` d wt J O LEGEND — =¢roundrater table sample type p then• walled tube penetration test ® no recovery In pens ■ double tube care banal m disturbed Q _ T : e e x— n • a e i l ° — � DESCRIPTION OF STRATA — - 5 _ = — 10 _ 1 Dark brown CLAY, w /broken limestone lenses. CH P1.75 - P4.5 P4.5 P4.5 P4.5 P4.5 l i P4.5 -7,1 P4.5 — 11 i P4.5 P4.5 P4.5 / 2 Light tan and tan CLAY, w /gravel and broken limestone lenses. CH � / / Tan CLAY, w /limestone fragments. CH � IF Light tan CLAY, w /calcium pockets. CH 7 Tan and light gray CLAY, jointed, w /scattered lignite particles and selenite lenses. CH ( Rio Formation) — 15 = 20 • 1 9 / — 25 10 % Dark gray SHALE, w /scattered fossils. 11 _ 30 — — _ - 35 — _ Total depth of boring, 30.0 ft. NOTES: (1) Boring was advanced dry, and no ground- water was detected. The hole was noted open to the 28.0 -ft. depth, and dry on 6/19/85. - f (2) _ 11 02011 -6 ontnn, s naa AS St n 1 _ - *SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG PROJECT Heritage 9 BORING NO. B -3 Round Rock, Texas DATE 5/20/85 JDB NO. 5417 TYPE OF BORING Core SURFACE ELEV. _ i G W < a N O LEGEND — =¢rou.,dwater table sample type 0 tbin•walled tube 0 penetration test double tube core barrel no recovery l 0 disturbed El _ 1 , 1 e . S I p I 1r x DESCRIPTION OF STRATA C - — - 1 Dark brown CLAY, w /broken limestone fragments and cobbles. CH (Fill) N9 P3.5 P4.5 P3.75 P4.5 I P1.0 - P1.0 - I P4.5 1 P4.5 - P4.5 P4.5 2 - - 5 — 3 - - - - 10 — 5 6 - - Tan and light gray CLAY, jointed, w /scattered lignite particles and selenite lenses. CH - — 15 — - - - - B (Del Rio Formation) / = 20 = g -- Dark SHALE, w /scattered fossils. - — 25 — 10 gray __ — 30 — _ - - - - - — 35 — 11 I = Total depth of boring, 30.5 ft. NOTE: Boring was advanced dry, and no groundwater was detected. _ 02011 - 7 FRANK G. BRYANT & ASSOCIATES. INC. Austin. Texas PROJECT Heritage 9 Round Rock, Texas TYPE OF BORING Core SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG BORING NO. B -4 DATE 5/24/85 JOB NO. 5417 SURFACE ELEV. 02011 - 8 1 FRANK G. BRYANT 6 ASSOCIATES. IN A us t in . Te xas LEGEND — taroundwater table (ample type a thin - walled tube p penetnbon test 0 ne recovery ■ double tube core barrel 0 disturbed ❑ 11= DESCRIPTION OF STRATA _ _ — 1 Dark brown CLAY, w /scattered limestone fragments. CH % / P2.5 1 P4.0 P4.5 - P4.5 (i P4.5 JI 2 Tan CLAY, w /limestone fragments. CH — — — 3 - 5 — 4 / - — 5 _ — 6 P4.5 I. N20 - 10 = 7 -- / Tan and light gray CLAY, jointed, w /scattered lignite particles and selenite lenses. CH P4.5 J _ - 15 — B (Del Rio Formation) / _ 20 g P4.5 — P4.5 — P4.5 - -- - _ — 25 — 10 / / — 30 11 = — — — --- 35 — _ _ — — \Dark gray SHALE, w /scattered fossils. ` — Total depth of boring, 30.5 ft. _ NOTES: (1) Boring was advanced dry, and no ground- was detected. — (2) The hole was noted open to the 24.0 -ft. depth, and dry on 6/19/85. — PROJECT Heritage 9 Round Rock, Texas TYPE OF BORING Core SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG BORING NO. B -4 DATE 5/24/85 JOB NO. 5417 SURFACE ELEV. 02011 - 8 1 FRANK G. BRYANT 6 ASSOCIATES. IN A us t in . Te xas SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG PROJECT Heritage 9 BORING NO. B_5 Round Rock, Texas DATE 5/24/85 JOB NO. 5417 TYPE OF BORING Corp SURFACE ELEV. LEGEND— .groundwater table • TP 7. E = sample typo Z' _ 4 O co p tbimwalled tube In penetration test ® no recovery n o o::, i v` u O '4 2 � t 2 • double tube core barrel m disturbed ❑ = I I c m DESCRIPTION OF STRATA 1 Dark brown CLAY, w /broken limestone lenses. CH P4.5 — 2 P4.5 I — _ _ 3 P2.0 — 5 — P1.5 j 5 Dark brown CLAY, w /broken limestone fragments and cobbles. CH (Fill) 2.0 N N27 — — — N11 _ 10 = 7 Tan and light gray CLAY, jointed, w /scattered lignite particles and selenite lenses. CH i — — 15 P4.5 — (Del Rio Formation) — 0 20 9 I P4.5 -] _ = P4.5 — - 25 — 1 0 — — - - Dark gray SHALE, w /scattered fossils. _ — 30 — 11 P4.5 — _ — Total depth of boring, 30.5 ft. — — — NOTE: Boring was advanced dry, and no groundwater was detected. — — 35 — — 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 02011 — 9 FRANK G. BRYANT i ASSOCIATES. INC. Austm.Tasas l'A13) N1d30 11 3.0.1. ON 3IJWYS SYMBOL LEGEND— Z groundwater table x x DESCRIPTION OF STRATA - Z p e. — 1 1 D Dark brown CLAY, w /scattered limestone fragments. P P3.5 - — — 3 3 P 4 P — - — P 6 P —' - 10 — _ — T Tan and light gray CLAY, jointed, w /scattered - - l 1 --- 1 _= G Gray and tan SHALE. $ P --- 20 $ =37 Dark gray SHALE, w /scattered fossils. P 9 = — 25 9 __= L 25% water loss at 25.0 ft. — - 111 - -- P --- 30 1 • T Total depth of boring, 30.0 ft. - - PROJECT Heritage 9 Round Rock, Texas TYPE OF BORING SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG BORING NO. B -6 DATE 5/24/85 JOB NO. 5417 SURFACE ELEV. 02011 - 10 FRANK G. BRYANT & ASSOCIATES. IN Austin. Tea 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG PROJECT Heritage 9 BORING NO. B -7 Round Rock, Texas DATE 5/24/85 JOB NO. 5417 TYPE OF BORING Core SURFACE ELEV. — F W O I Z w F . H o i LEGEND — Z groundwater table :amble Wise 3 thln•wHbd tub. O penetration teat o • double tube r.cove be core barrel m disturbed Z' — e t .. I y i i o. u= d . n • DESCRIPTION OF STRATA . Z ¢ ¢ 1 / Dark brown CLAY, w /scattered limestone fragments. CH P3.0 _ P4.0 N35 I — N 9 d - P2.0 N73 _ - 0 — N1 /- - CH Tan CLAY, /broken limestone _ 1 w gravel. - ' ♦ Tan, sandy, clayey GRAVEL. GC - 5 -�/ - - iv - - l0 �, _ k'' ' 15 — 7 , __ - - U Tan LIMESTONE, w /shale lenses and fossils. g � -_ R35 I u g nn R93 ,,RQD73 Light gray LIMESTONE, w /shale lenses and fossils. — 20 MI Ei IMMO — 11 1=121 - =� — 25 � R100 - RQD54 - —' MEMO — 12 1= _ .-.. — 30 Z. R100 - RQD60 - - - - _ — 35 - _ Total depth of boring, 30.5 ft. NOTES: (1) Drilling fluid was used in advancing the boring between sampling depths, and no groundwater was detected. (2) The hole was noted open to the 6.8 -ft. depth, and dry on 6/19/85. _ - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 02011 - 11 FRANK G. BRYANT L ASSOCIATES. INC. Austin. Texas SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG PROJECT Heritage 9 BORING NO. B_8 Round Rock, Texas DATE 5/28/85 JOB NO. 5417 TYPE OF BORING Core SURFACE ELEV. E F W c ° = Z W i 3 d O co i LEGEND— Ziroundwater table sample tab. 0 thimwalled tuba In penetration test @ no recovery double tube core barrel Q disturbed ❑ _, Z — • u . n 25 z K 1 - DESCRIPTION OF STRATA — _ — — - — — - 5 — 1 Dark brown CLAY, w /broken limestone fragments and cobbles. CH (Fill) P1.5 _ P3.0 - P4.0 d P2.5 P4.5 I P3.0 il P4 5 p 3 Dark brown CLAY, w /scattered limestone fragments. CH — — 5 Tan CLAY, w /broken limestone gravel. CH 6 Tan and light gray CLAY, jointed, w /scattered _ 7 lignite particles and selenite lenses.-CH . (Del Rio Formation) — 10 — — — — — — — — ] R40 RQD40 — 1 I - 15 — — _ g R56 --_] RQD50 1 — 20 — — — — 10 -- _= Dark gray SHA LE, w /scattered fossils. _= == -- - — R46 RQD18 — — 25 — — 11 == - R66 — RQD32 — 30 — — — — 12 == _ R60 — RQD8 — 35 — I =_ — — — _ — 13 == == R67 — RQD33 — 02011 — 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FRANK G. BRYANT & ASSOCIATES. INC Austin. Texas 1 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG pp JOB NO. 5417 DATE 5/28/85 BORING NO. B - 8 13 == Dark gray SHALE, w /scattered fossils. \ R67 RQD33� I -- 40 — -- 14 =_ (Continued) R63 — — — - RQD20 - 45 — Total depth of boring, 44.0 ft. - - — NOTE: Drilling fluid was used in advancing the — _ __ boring between sampling depths, and no ground- water was detected. — — — 50 — — — 55 — - — — 65 — — — 70 — — —•75 — — — 80 — — — 85 — — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 � 1 1 1 1 02011 - 13 FRANK G. ORYANT & ASSOCIATES. INC Austln. Tugs SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG PROJECT Heri tage 9 BORING NO. B -9 Round Rock, Texas DATE 6/3/85 JOB NO. 5417 PE OF BORING Core SURFACE ELEV. CA313) HUM SAMPLE NO. & TYPE P/MBOL LEGEND — iareundwater table simple ty GI thin. walled tube • penetration test ® no recovery • double tube core barrel Q disturbed ❑ N —blow. / It. N— recovery % P —Pock. Pen. ter "D—r ak po.l. de:l¢. DESCRIPTION OF STRATA — — 1 Dark brown CLAY, w /broken limestone fragments and cobbles. CH (Fill) P4.5 -II P4.5 P4.5 P3.5 P4.0 — 2 — — — 741-7- Dark brown CLAY, w /scattered limestone fragments. CH Tan CLAY, w /broken limestone gravel. CH — 100% water loss at 12.5 ft. P4.5 1 P4.5 — — io — 15 7 Tan and light gray CLAY, jointed, w /scattered lignite particles and selenite lenses. CH (Del Rio Formation) P4.5 1 P4.5 — 8 — _ — — 20 _ _- Tan and gray SHALE. _ — — 10 = _ R100 - -' Dark gray SHALE, w /scattered fossils. RQD80 — 25 — 11 =- R10 RQDO — 30 — _ __ 12 = - � R34 RQD34 — 35 13 P4.5 1 1 — — — 14 _ _ R80 RQP75 11 02011 — 14 FRANK G. BRYANT & ASSOCIATES. I Austin. Taaa 1 i. 1 1 11 1 1 — 40 — — 45 — —50— — 55 — — 60 — — 65 — — 70 — — 75 — 1 — 80 — — 85 — JOB NO. 5417 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION LOG DATE 6/3/85 Dark gray SHALE, w /scattered fossils. (Continued) BORING NO. 8 -9 Total depth of boring, 48.0 ft. NOTES: (1) Drilling fluid was used in advancing the boring between sampling depths, and no groundwater was detected. (2) The hole was noted open to the 5.0 -ft. depth, and dry on 6/19/85. R80 RQD75 02011 — 15 FRANK G. BRTANT & ASSOCIATES. INC A SECTION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 BUILDINGS A. Provide demolition of interior spaces as and where shown on Drawings. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to City of Round Rock Public Works Department requirements for disposal of debris. PART 2 - MATERIALS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 REMOVAL A. Removal of designated items to be demolished shall be done in a manner to prevent damage or destruction of materials designated to remain. B. All usable materials not designated for reinstallation shall be turned over to the Owner in good condition and shall be stored on the 2nd level of Building A. C. Dispose of discarded or demolished material by hauling to an approved landfill. E. Other site demolition items such as concrete and paving shall be hauled from the site to an approved landfill. END OF SECTION 02070 -1 SECTION 02110 SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Clear site of plant life and grass and shrubs not removed by City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Dept.. B. Remove surface debris, topsoil and natural grade in designated area as required. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02211 - Rough Grading. B. Section 02200 - Excavation and Grading. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to City of Round Rock Public Works Department requirements for disposal of debris. PART2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING A. Notify the City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department to remove salvageable plants and/or ground cover within the Project site to be demolished or disturbed. B. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work. C. Remove and salvage sprinkler heads and underground irrigation system components within areas to be demolished or disturbed. Cap-off all uncovered irrigation pipes. Coordinate storage with City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department. D. Remove trees and shrubs within marked areas. Grub out stumps, roots, surface rock. E. Clear undergrowth and deadwood, without disturbing subsoil. F. Note on the Site Plan of the Project Record Documents the extent and location of all landscaping and underground irrigation system components affected by the Work. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, plant growth, and features remaining as final landscaping. Contractor shall replace with same size and type if damaged. B. Protect bench marks and existing work from damage or displacement. 02110 -1 C. Maintain designated site access for vehicle and pedestrian traffic. See Section 01000, 1.01 A. 3.03 REMOVAL A. Remove debris from site. 3.04 The City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department shall be responsible for re- installation of underground irrigation system components and the re- development of plants and ground cover. END OF SECTION 02110 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Building excavation. B. Site excavation C. Shoring excavation 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01010 - Basic Requirements: Inspection of bearing surfaces. B. Section 02223 - Backfilling. 1.03 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, rock outcropping and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from equipment and vehicular traffic. C. Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent cave -in or loose soil from falling into excavation. E. Excavations greater than 5'0" deep shall be designed by an Engineer registered in the State of Texas and meet all requirement of state and federal statutes for trench safety. F. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service utilities and pipe chases. G. Notify Architect/Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected work in area until notified to resume work. H. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. I. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water run -off into excavation. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for retention systems under provisions of Section 01300 and prepared under the direction of an Engineer registered in the State of Texas. No excavations deeper than 5' -0" will be permitted prior to approval of the retention system draw- ings. 02222 -1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Subsoil: Excavated material, graded free of lumps larger than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, and debris. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum. B. Identify known underground utilities. Stake and flag locations. C. Identify and flag surface and aerial utilities. D. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. E. Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining which pass through work area. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavation shall not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation. B. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. C. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock. D. Correct unauthorized excavation at no cost to Owner. E. Fill over - excavated areas under structure bearing surfaces by filling with concrete in accordance with direction by Architect /Engineer. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide for visual inspection of bearing surfaces under provisions of END OF SECTION 02222 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Building perimeter backfilling to subgrade elevations. B. Fill under slabs -on- grade. C. Compaction requirements. D. Site filling to subgrade elevation for parking and landscaping areas. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services: Compaction requirements of backfill. B. Section 02222 - Excavation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. B. TSDHPT TEX -113 -E Compaction Test. C. ASTM D698E - Test for Moisture - Density relations of soils and soil aggregate mixture using 5.5 Ib. rammer and 12 inch drop. 1.04 TESTS A. Tests and analysis of fill materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM D -698 or TEX 113 -E and under provisions of Section 01410. 1.05 SAMPLES A. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. Fill to testing laboratory, in air -tight containers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECT FILL MATERIALS SECTION 02223 BACKFILLING A. Type A - Structural Fill: Crushed natural stone; with a maximum particle size of 2 inches in nominal diameter. 02223 -1 Sieve Size 3 inch 1 3/4 inch No. 4 No. 40 Percent Passing 0 0 - 10% 45 - 75% 60 - 85% Maximum Liquid Limit of 40 and Maximum Plasticity Index of 15. 2.02 COMMON FILL MATERIALS A. Subsoil: Imported or reused from site; free of rocks larger than 3 inch size, and debris, P.I. < 15. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify stockpiled fill to be reused is approved. B. Verify foundation or basement walls are braced to support surcharge forces imposed by backfilling operations. C. Verify areas to be backfilled are free of debris, snow, ice, or water, and ground surfaces are not frozen. 3.02 PREPARATION A. When necessary, compact subgrade surfaces to density requirements for backfill material. B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not readily capable of in -situ compaction. Backfill with subsoil and compact to density equal to requirements forsubsequent backfill material. 3.03 BACKFILLING A. Backfill areas to contours and elevations. Use unfrozen materials. B. Backfill systematically, as early as possible, to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, or spongy subgrade surfaces. C. Place and compact select fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth. D. Place and compact common fill material in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches loose depth. E. Employ a placement method so not to disturb or damage foundation dampproofing. F. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials, within 2% to attain required compac- tion density. G. Backfill against supported foundation walls. Backfill simultaneously on each side of unsupported foundation walls until supports are in place. 02223 -2 H. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10 feet unless noted otherwise. I. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes into level areas. J. Remove surplus backfill materials from site. K. Leave stockpile areas completely free of excess fill materials. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Backfilling: Plus or minus one inch. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D698 and under provisions of Section 01410. B. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. 3.06 SCHEDULE OF LOCATIONS A. The paragraphs below identify location, fill material to be used (identified from lower to upper fill type), compacted thickness of each level, and compaction expressed as a percentage of maximum density and optimum moisture in comparison with ANSI /ASTM D698. B. Interior Slab -On- Grade: 1) Type A Structural fill, 12 inches thick minimum compacted to 95 percent. END OF SECTION 02223 -3 SECTION 02371 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PIERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Bored end bearing cast -in -place concrete pier with reinforcing steel. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01410 - Testing laboratory services. B. Section 02222 - Excavation. C. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement: Specifications for concrete reinforcement. D. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Specifications for concrete. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO M - 36 - Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe. B. ASTM A252 - Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit 4 copies of project records and drawings under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record: 1. Sizes, depths, and location of piers. 2. Sequence of placing. 3. Base and head elevations. 4. Drilled hole diameter. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Shaft Liners: ASTM A252, Grade 2; one length straight spiral lapped steel pipe; of diameters and weight per lineal foot required, if required for ground water control. B. Concrete Materials and Mix: Specified in Section 03300. C. Reinforcement: Specified in Section 03200. 02371 -1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify site conditions will support equipment for performance of pier placement operations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Drill concentric pier shafts. B. Allow inspection of pier shafts prior to reinforcing steel and concrete placement. Prevent foreign matter from falling into shaft. C. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03200. D. Place concrete in accordance with Section 03300. Use equipment designed for vertical placement of concrete. Vibrate concrete to accessible depth of pier using standard vibrators. E. Extend reinforcement, provide dowels for connection of pier caps, grade beams. F. Place concrete through tremie if an inflow of subsurface water occurs. Place concrete to height sufficient to effect seal. 3.03 CONCRETE TESTING A. Perform concrete testing under provisions of Section 01410. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum: 1 in 48 from vertical for plumb pier. B. Top: Maximum 2 inches from location indicated. 3.05 NON- CONFORMING PIER A. Non - conforming Pier: Piers that are placed out of position or are damaged. B. Provide additional pier or supplement pier to meet specified requirements. END OF SECTION 02371 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Formwork for cast -in -place concrete, with shoring, bracing, and anchorage. B. Openings for other affected work. C. Form accessories. D. Stripping forms. 1.02 WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrication: Metal fabrications attached to formwork. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. B. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. C. PS 1 - Constructon and Industrial Plywood. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design, engineer, and construct formwork, shoring, and bracing to meet design and code requirements, so that resultant concrete conforms to required shapes, lines, and dimensions. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and erect concrete formwork in accordance with ACI 301. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for Round Rock, Texas. 1.08 FIELD SAMPLES 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle materials under provisions of Section 01500. 03100 -1 B. Deliver form materials in manufacturer's packaging with installation instructions. C. Store off ground in ventilated and protected area to prevent deterioration from moisture or damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Plywood: Douglas Fir species; solid one exterior side grade; sound, undamaged sheets with straight edges. B. Lumber: SYP species; #2 grade; with grade stamp clearly visible. C. Pan Type: Steel type: removable; of size and profile required. 2.02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Snap -off metal of fixed length; cone type; 1 inch break back dimension; free of defects that will leave holes no larger than one inch diameter in concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless material which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. C. Fillets for Chamfered Corners: Wood strips type; 3/4 x 3/4 inch size; maximum possible lengths. D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required; of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify lines, levels, and measurements before proceeding with formwork. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Hand -trim sides and bottoms of earth forms; remove loose dirt prior to placing concrete. B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling, stripping, so that concrete is not damaged during its removal. C. Arrange forms to allow stripping without removal of principal shores, where required to remain in place. 3.03 ERECTION A. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Strengthen formwork liable to be overstressed by construction loads. B. Camber slabs and beams to achieve ACI 301 tolerances. 03100 -2 C. Provide temporary ports in formwork to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. Close ports with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, neatly fitted so that joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. D. Provide chamfer strips on external corners of all exposed concrete. E. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances in accordance with ACI 301. 3.04 APPLICATION OF FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply prior to placing reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to receive special finishes or applied coverings which may be affected by agent. Soak contact surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to placing concrete. 3.05 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for work embedded in or passing through concrete. B. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. C. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. 3.06 FORM REMOVAL A. Notify Architect/Engineer prior to removing formwork. B. Do not damage concrete surfaces during form removal. C. Remove formwork in same sequence as concrete placement to achieve similar concrete surface coloration. D. Do not remove forms and shoring until concrete has sufficient strength to support its own weight, and construction and design loads which may be imposed upon it. Remove load supporting forms when concrete has attained 75 percent of required 28 day compressive strength, provided construction is reshored. 3.07 CLEANING A. Clean forms to remove foreign matter as erection proceeds. B. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean - outports. C. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from forms. Do not use de -icing salts. Do not use water to clean out completed forms, unless formwork and construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air to remove foreign matter. END OF SECTION 03100 -3 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Reinforcing steel bars, for cast -in -place concrete. B. Support chairs, bolsters, bar supports, and spacers, for supporting reinforcement. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Concrete placement and vapor barrier. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. C. ANSI /ASTM A82 - Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. D. ANSI /AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel. E. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. F. CRSI - Manual of Practice. G. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. H. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, and Documents 63 and 65. B. Conform to ACI 301. 1.05 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide reinforcement for field sample specified in Sections 03100 and 03300. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. 03200 -1 B. Indicate sizes, spacings, locations and quantities of reinforcing steel, bending and cutting schedules, splicing, stirrup spacing, supporting and spacing devices. 1.07 CERTIFICATES A. Submit mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and chemical analysis. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 Its' yield grade billet -steel deformed bars, uncoated finish. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type, or acceptable patented system. B. Metal Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, and Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture. Supports to be spaced a maximum of 4' -0" on center each way. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate in accordance with ACI 315, providing concrete cover specified in Section 03300. B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings at points of minimum stress. Indicate location of splices on shop drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Before placing concrete, clean reinforcement of foreign particles or coatings. B. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from alignment or measurement. C. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier required by Section 03300. END OF SECTION 03200 -2 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Cast -in -place concrete foundation footings. B. Floors and slabs on fill on vapor barrier. C. Concrete fill in Reinforced Unit Masonry. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. C. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. D. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. E. ASTM C260 - Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. F. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Obtain materials from same source throughout the Work. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for Round Rock, Texas. 1.06 FIELD SAMPLES A. Cast field sample in formwork specified in Section 03100 under provisions of Section 01300. B. Use specified concrete. C. Obtain acceptance of surface finish. 03300 -1 D. Maintain sample panel exposed to view for duration of concrete work. Remove when directed. 1.07 TESTS A. Testing and analysis of concrete will be performed under provisions of Section 01410. B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301. D. Tests of cement and aggregates will be performed to ensure conformance with requirements stated herein. E. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less cu yds of each class of concrete placed each day. F. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather and cured on site under same conditions as concrete it represents. G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. 1.08 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit product data under provisions Section 01300. B. Provide product data for specified products. C Submit manufacturers' instructions under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, normal - Type I Portland type; grey color. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. B. Chemical Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A - water reducing. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil thick opaque polyethylene film. Type recommended for below grade application. 03300 -2 B. Non - shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non- metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 5000 psi in 28 days. 2.04 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. B. Provide concrete of the following characteristics: 1. Comprehensive Strength (28 days): 3000 psi 2. Slump: Slabs 5" All others 4" C. Provide a minimum of 5 sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete, with a maximum water cement ratio of 0.58 for non - air- entrained concrete and 0.46 for air - entrained concrete. D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect /Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. E. Use set - retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Architect /Engineer. F. Add air entraining agent to concrete mix for concrete work subject to freeze -thaw cycling. G. No water shall be added to concrete at the site without consent of the testing lab. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent. Apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. At locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels, and set with Hilti HVA Adhesive or approved equal. C. Install vapor barrier under interior slabs on fill. Lap joints minimum 6 inches tape and seal. Do not disturb or damage vapor barrier while placing concrete. Repair damaged vapor barrier. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Notify Architect /Engineer minimum 36 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. C. Hot Weather Placement: ACI 305. 03300 -3 D. Cold Weather Placement: ACI 306. E. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. F. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as follows: Walls (Exposed to Weather or Backfill) 2 inch Footings and Concrete Formed Against Earth 3 inch Slabs on Fill 1 -1/2 inch G. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction and control joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. H. Place floor slabs on fill in checkerboard or alternating pattern. I. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Architect/Engineer upon discovery. 3.04 FINISHING A. Provide concrete surfaces to be left exposed with smooth rubbed finish. B. Provide Class A tolerances to floor slabs according to ACI 301. C. Pitch to drains 1/4 inch per foot nominal, or as shown on plans. 3.05 PATCHING A. Notify Architect /Engineer immediately upon removal of forms. B. Patch imperfections. 3.06 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required levels and lines, details, and elevations. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed or not of the specified type and /or compresseive strength, at no expense to owner. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410. B. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01500. B. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. 03300 -4 C. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture Toss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. END OF SECTION 03300 -5 SECTION 04100 MORTAR PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Mortar for unit masonry. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01410 - Quality Control: Testing laboratory services. - B. Section 04340 - Reinforced Masonry System. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C5 - Quicklime for Structural Purposes. B. ASTM C91 - Masonry Cement. C. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. D. ASTM C144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. E. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. F. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. G. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry. H. ASTM C387 - Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. I. ASTM C476 - Grout for Reinforced and Non - reinforced Masonry. J. ASTM C780 - Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. K. International Masonry Industry All- Weather Council (IMIAC) -Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. 1.04 MIX TESTS A. Test mortar mix cubes under provisions of Section 01410. B. Test grout mix cylinders under provisions of Section 01410. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. 04100 -1 B. Include design mix, environmental conditions, and admixture limitations. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. B. Cold Weather Requirements: IMIAC- Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.02 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, normal -Type I; gray color. B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C98, for general use. C. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type; clean, dry, protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter. D. Grout Course Aggregate: Maximum 3/8 inch size. E. Grout Fine Aggregate: sand. F. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. G. Quicklime: ASTM C5, non - hydraulic type. H. Premix Mortar: ASTM C387, using gray cement. I. Water: Clean and potable. 2.05 MIXES A. Mortar for Load Bearing Walls and Partitions: ASTM C270, Type S. B. Mortar for Non -load Bearing Walls and Partitions: ASTM C270, Type S. C. Mortar for Reinforced Masonry: ASTM C476, Type PS. D. Pointing Mortar: ASTM C270, Type N with maximum 2 percent ammonium stearate or calcium stearate per cement weight. E. Mortar shall have a compressive strength of 2500 psi under field conditions and as installed in the Work. 2.06 GROUT FILL A. Bond Beams: Lintels: Type and strength specified in Section 03300 with a slump of 6 inches. 04100 -2 B. Engineered Masonry: 3000 psi strength at 28 days; 6 inches slump; premixed type in accordance with ASTM C94. 2.07 MORTAR MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C270. B. Do not use anti - freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar or grout. C. If water is lost by evaporation, retemper within two hours of mixing. Do not retemper mortar after two hours of mixing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. After inspection of concrete grout spaces by Architect /Engineer, plug cleanout holes with masonry units. Brace against wet grout pressure. B. Install mortar and grout in accordance with 04340. C. Work grout into cores and cavities to eliminate voids. D. Do not displace reinforcing steel when placing grout. E. Clean concrete grout spaces of excess mortar and debris. END OF SECTION 04100 -3 SECTION 04340 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Concrete Masonry units. B. Reinforcement, anchorages, and accessories. C. Parged masonry surfaces. 1.02 WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Loose steel lintels. B. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Fabricated steel items. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 01410 - Quality Control: Testing laboratory services. B. Section 04100 - Mortar: Mortar and grout. C Section 07920 - Caulking: Rod and sealant at control joints. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. B. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. C. ASTM C55 - Concrete Building Brick. D. ASTM C90 - Hollow Load- Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. E. ASTM C145 - Solid Load - Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. F. ASTM C652 - Hollow Brick. G. AWS D12.1 - Reinforcing Steel Welding Code. H. International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council (IMIAC) - Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. 04340 -1 B. Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel bending and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing devices. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. 1.06 CERTIFICATES A. Submit manufacturer's certificates under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold Weather Requirements: IMIAC - Recommended Practices and Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT MANUFACTURERS A. Featherlite. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01620. 2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Hollow Load Bearing Units: ASTM C90, Grade N, Type I normal weight. B. Masonry Units: Modular sized to 8 x 8 x 16 inch ; provide special units for 90 degree corners, bond beams, lintels. C. Masonry Units shall be sytle and color shown on plans. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: Truss type, plain steel construction; 3/16 inch side rods as manufactured by Dur -O -Wall. B. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet steel bars; plain finish. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Preformed rubber or neoprene material. B. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyurethane oversized 50 percent; self expanding. C. Building Paper: Asphalt saturated felt. D. Nailing Strips: Western softwood, preservative treated, sized to masonry joints. 2.05 LINTELS 04340 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. As Indicated an Plans. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Supply metal anchors to Section 05500 for placement. Direct correct placement. B. Verify items provided by other Sections of work are properly sized and located. C. Establish lines, levels, and coursing. Protect from disturbance. D. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.02 COURSING A. Place masonry to lines and levels indicated. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform width. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness. C. Lay concrete masonry units in running bond. Course one block unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. Form raked motar joints. 3.03 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay masonry in full bed of mortar, properly jointed with other work. Buttering corners of joints, and deep or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted. B. Fully bond intersections, and external and internal corners. C. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. D. Remove excess mortar. E. Perform jobsite cutting with proper tools to provide straight unchipped edges. Take care to prevent breaking masonry unit corners or edges. 3.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches oc. B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend 24 inches minimum each side of opening. C. Place joint reinforcement continuous in first and second joint below top of walls. D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches. Extend 24 inches minimum each side of opening. 04340 -3 3.05 REINFORCING STEEL A. Place reinforcement in accordance with ACI 315. B. Locate reinforcing splices at points of minimum stress. Review location of splices with Architect /Engineer. C. Weld reinforcement in accordance with AWS D12.1. D. Place reinforcing bars supported and secured against displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch (13 mm) of true dimension. E. Verify reinforcement is clean, free of scale, dirt, or other foreign coatings which would reduce bond to grout. F. All 8" CMU Walls to be reinforced with (1) //4 Vertical at 48" o /c. G. All CMU Walls to be reinforced with (3) vertical bars at corners, (4) vertical bars at intersections, (2) vertical bars at wall ends and (2) vertical bars at each side of each opening, control joint or expansion joint. H. Construct Bond beams in all CMU Walls at top of walls, roof and floor levels and at 8' -0" o.c. maximum. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Variation from Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/32 inch (1.5 mm) maximum. B. Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/8 inch in 10 feet and 1/4 inch in 20 feet or more. C. Variation from Plumb: 1/8 inch per story non- cumulative; 1/4 inch two stories or more. D. Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 feet 1/4 inch in 10 feet; 1/2 inch maximum. E. Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 feet.mm /m). F. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: Plus or minus 1/4 inch. 3.10 CONTROL JOINTS A. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcing across control joints. B. Install resilient control joint in continuous lengths. Heat weld butt and corner joints in accor- dance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Size joint in accordance with Section 07920 for sealant performance. 3.11 BUILT -IN WORK A. As work progresses, build -in metal door frames, fabricated metal frames, window frames, anchor bolts, plates, and other items to be built in the work supplied by other Sections. 04340 -4 B. Build -in items plumb and level. C. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with mortar. Fill masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings. D. Do not build -in organic materials subject to deterioration. 3.12 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves and grounds. Cooperate with other Sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting any area not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.14 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and smears. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces with a non - acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. D. Use non - metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.15 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01010. B. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. C. Provide protection without damaging completed work. D. At day's end, cover unfinished walls to prevent moisture infiltration. END OF SECTION 04340 -5 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL A. Structural steel framing members, structural steel support members, and with required bracing, welds, and fasteners. B. Baseplates, and shear stud connectors. 1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork: Anchorages cast in concrete 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300 - Cast - in - Place Concrete: Grouting base plates. B. Section 05500 - Metal Fabricators. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. B. ASTM A53 - Hot - Dipped, Zinc - coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. C. ASTM - A325 - High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. D. ASTM - A500 - Cold Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. E. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. F. TISC - Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Strucural Steel for Buildings. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing and locations of structural members, connections, attachments and fasteners. C. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A36. 05120 -1 B. Structural Tubing: ASTM 500, Grade B. C. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307. D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. E. Primer: Tnemec 10 -99. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC Specification. B. All welding shall be performed by welders certified within previous six months in accordance with AWS specifications. 2.03 FINISH A. Clean and prepare surfaces of all rust, scale, grease and foreign matter in accordance with SSPC -SP2 Cleaning requirements. B. Shop prime structural steel with 2 coats of primer, with a minimum wet thickness of 4 mil. C. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or in contact with concrete. D. Field touch up all damaged areas with primer after erection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION A. Erect Structural steel in accordance with AISC Specification. B. Make provision for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of Architect/Engineer. D. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in contract with concrete. Use a primer consistent with shop coat. END OF SECTION 05120 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 05313 STEEL FLOOR DECK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Steel floor deck and accessories. B. Formed steel deck end forms to contain wet concrete. C. Framing for openings up to and including 18 inches D. Bearing plates and angles. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 03300 -Cast In Place Concrete: Installation of anchors for bearing plates and angles cast in concrete. B. Section 04340- Reinforced Unit Masonry System: Installation of anchors for bearing plates and angles embedded in masonry. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. B. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Concrete topping over metal floor deck. C. Section 05120 - Structural Steel: Structural framed openings larger than 18 inches. 1.04 REFERENCES A. AISI - Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members. B. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. C. ASTM A108 - Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold- Finished, Standard Quality. D. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. E. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated, Galvanized by the Hot -Dip Process. F. ASTM A611 - Steel, Cold - Rolled Sheet, Carbon, Structural. G. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. H. SDI - Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, Roof Decks. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 05313 -1 A. Design metal decking in accordance with SDI Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, Roof Decks. B. Calculate to structural working stress design and maximum vertical deck deflection of 1/360. C. Lateral deflection of diaphragm shall not exceed 1/500 of the height of the wall. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate decking plan, support locations, projections, openings and reinforcement, pertinent details, and accessories. Indicate temporary shoring of decking where required. C. Product Data: Provide deck profile characteristics and dimensions, structural properties and finishes. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate specific installation sequence and special instructions. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 3 years experience. B. Design deck layout, spans, fastening and joints under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of Texas. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01620. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01620. C. Cut plastic wrap to encourage ventilation. D. Store decking on dry wood sleepers; slope for positive drainage. 1.09 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Vulcraft Product .6C26. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01620. 05313 -2 2.02 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: ASTM A611, Grade C Unfinished. B. Bearing Plates and Angles: ASTM A36 steel, unfinished. C. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1. D. Touch -Up Primer: Zinc chromate type. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Corrugated Forms: Minimum 28 gage sheet steel, 9/16 inch high, 36 inch wide sheets; lapped edges. B. Weld Washers: Mild steel, uncoated, 3/4 inch outside diameter, 1/8 inch thick. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Erect metal decking in accordance with SDI Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, Roof Decks. B. Bear decking on masonry support surfaces with 4 inch minimum bearing. Align and level. C. Bear decking on steel supports with 1 -1/2 inch minimum bearing. Align and level. D. Fasten deck to steel support members at ends and intermediate supports with fusion welds through weld washers at 6 inches oc maximum. E. Weld in accordance with AWS D1.1. F. Reinforce steel deck openings from 6 to 18 inches in size with 2 x 2 x 1/4 inch steel angles. Place angles perpendicular to flutes; extend minimum two flutes beyond each side of opening and fusion weld to deck at each flute. G. Install 6 inch minimum wide sheet steel cover plates, of same thickness as decking, where deck changes direction. Fusion weld 6 inches oc maximum. H. To contain wet concrete, install stops at floor edge upturned to top surface of slab. Provide continuous 3 x 2 x 1/4 inch steel angles at all perimeter edges. I. Install sheet steel closures and angle flashings to close openings between deck and walls, columns, and openings. 05313 -3 J. Immediately after welding deck and other metal components in position, coat welds, burned areas, and damaged surface coating, with touch -up prime paint. END OF SECTION 05313 -4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, prime painted. 1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Furnish metal fabrications to be cast in concrete to Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 05120 - Structural Steel: Structural anchor bolts. B. Section 09900 - Painting: Paint finish. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. B. ASTM A53 - Hot - Dipped, Zinc - coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. C. ASTM A307 - Low- Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. D. ASTM A325 - High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. E. ASTM A386 - Zinc- Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. F. ASTM A500 - Cold- formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. G. ASTM A501 - Hot - formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. H. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. C. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. D. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 05500 -1 A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307. D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. E. Primer: Tnemec 10 -99. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing in accordance with SSPC -SP2 Cleaning Requirements. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items scheduled with two coats, minimum of 4 mil. wet thickness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Obtain Architect /Engineer approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. B. Clean and strip site primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is scheduled. C. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. D. Supply items required to be cast into concrete with setting templates, to appropriate Sections. 05500 -2 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. C. After installation, touch -up field welds, scratched or damaged surfaces with primer. END OF SECTION 05500 -3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 05520 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Steel pipe handrails, balusters, and fittings. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Placement of anchors in concrete. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Painting: Paint finish. B. ASTM A53 - Hot - Dipped, Zinc - coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. C. ASTM A386 - Zinc- Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. D. ASTM A500 - Cold- Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. E. ASTM A501 - Hot - Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. F. ASTM B211 - Aluminum -Alloy Bars, Rods, and Wire. G. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. H. ASTM B241 - Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube. I. ASTM 8483 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Drawn Tubes for General Purpose Applications. J. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist lateral force of 250 Ibs at any point without damage or permanent set. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. C. Samples: Submit 12 inch long samples of handrail. Submit two samples, of elbow, Tee, wall bracket, escutcheon and end stop. 05520 -1 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL RAILING SYSTEM A. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B Schedule 40 B. Fittings: Elbows, T- shapes, wall brackets, escutcheons; cast steel. C. Exposed Fasteners: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; consistent with design of railing. D. Splice Connectors: Steel welding collars. E. Shop and Touch -Up Primer: Tnemec 10 -99. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble components in largest practical sizes, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. D. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. E. Continuously seal joined pieces by continuous welds. F. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. G. Accurately form components to each other and to building structure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. 05520 -2 B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete and embedded in masonry with setting templates, to appropriate Sections. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Provide anchors, plates and angles required for connecting railings to structure. Anchor railing to structure. D. Field weld anchors as indicated on Drawings. Touch -up welds with primer. Grind welds smooth. E. Conceal bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not concealed, use flush countersunk fastenings. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch per story, non - cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/8 inch. END OF SECTION 05520 -3 SECTION 06112 FRAMING AND SHEATHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Structural floor, wall and roof framing. B. Built -up structural beams and columns. C. Wall and roof sheathing. D. Subfloor sheathing and overlay. E. Preservative treatment of wood. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork: Setting anchors in concrete. B. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrictions: Prefabricated steel structural supports. C. Section 06114 - Wood Blocking and Curbing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ALSC - American Lumber Standards Committee: Softwood Lumber Standards. B. ANSI A135.4 - Basic Hardwood. C. ANSI A208.1 - Mat Formed Wood Particleboard. D. APA - American Plywood Association. E. AWPA - American Wood Preservers' Association: Book of Standards. F. FS - TT -W -571 - Wood Preservation: Treating Practices. G. NFPA - National Forest Products Association. H. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. I. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. J. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC. 06112 -1 B. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire retardant size and type of fasteners requirements. B. Conform to UL requirements to achieve rating indicated. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide technical data on wood preservative materials and application instructions. C. In lieu of grade stamping exposed -to -view lumber and plywood, submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01410 that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01620. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: SPIB, NLGA, NFPA. B. Beam Framing: SYP species, #1 grade, 15 percent maximum moisture content. C. Joist Framing: SYP species, #2 grade, 15 percent maximum moisture content. D. Rafter Framing: SYP species, #2 grade, 15 percent maximum moisture content. E. Studding: SYP species, #2 grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content. 2.02 PLYWOOD MATERIALS A. Roof Sheathing: APA Structural I, Grade C -D; Exterior; sanded. B. Wall Sheathing: APA Structural I, Grade C -D; Exterior; sanded. C. Floor Sheathing: APA Structural I, Grade C -D; Exterior; sanded, T & G. 2.03 PARTICLEBOARD MATERIALS A. Roof Sheathing: ANSI A208.1; wood chips shavings flakes set with waterproof resin binder; APA Structural I, Exterior grade; sanded faces. B. Wall Sheathing: ANSI A208.1; wood chips shavings flakes set with waterproof resin binder; APA Structural I, Exterior grade; sanded faces, T & G. 06112 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C. Floor Sheathing: ANSI A208.1; wood chips shavings flakes set with waterproof resin binder; APA Structural I, Exterior grade; sanded faces. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: ElectroHot- dipped galvanized steel for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish elsewhere; size and type to suit condition. B. Joist Hangers: Galvanized steel, sized to suit joists and framing conditions; manufactured by Simpson Strong Tie Co. C. Sill Gasket: 1/4 inch thick, plate width; closed cell polyethylene foam from continuous rolls. D. Sill Flashing: 6 mil thick, clear polyethylene sheet. E. Subfloor Glue: Waterproof, air cure type, cartridge dispensed. F. Building Paper: No. 15 asphalt felt. Plain untreated cellulosic building paper. 2.08 WOOD TREATMENT A. Wood Preservative Pressure Treatment: FS TT -W -571 AWPA Treatment C2 using waterborne preservative with 0.30 percent retainage. B. Wood Preservative (Surface Application): Clear Type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Brush apply two coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials roofing and related metal flashings. B. Apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Treat site -sawn ends. D. Allow preservative to cure prior to erecting members. 3.02 FRAMING A. Erect wood framing members level and plumb. B. Place horizontal members laid flat, crown side -up. C. Construct framing members full length without splices. D. Double members at openings over one sq ft. Space short studs over and under opening to stud spacing. E. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings. Frame rigidly into joists. 06112 -3 F. Construct double joists under wall studding. G. Bridge joists framing in cecess of 8 feet span an mid -span members or at 8' -0" o.c. whichever is shorter. Fit solid blocking bridge at ends of members. H. Place full width continuous sill flashings under framed walls on cementitious foundations. Lap flashing joint 6 inches . I. Place sill gasket directly on sill flashing & cementitious foundation. Puncture gasket clean and fit tight to protruding foundation anchor bolts. J. Coordinate installation of wood decking wood chord metal joists glue laminated structural units prefabricated wood trusses plywood web joists. 3.03 SHEATHING A. Secure roof sheathing perpendicular to framing members with ends staggered. Secure sheet edges over firm bearing. Provide solid edge blocking between sheets. B. Secure wall sheathing perpendicular to wall studs, with ends staggered, over firm bearing. C. Place building paper over wall sheathing; weatherlap joints. D. Secure floor sheathing perpendicular to floor framing with end joints staggered. Secure sheet edges over firm bearing. Attach sheathing with subfloor glue and drywall screws. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch maximum from true position. B. Surface Flatness of Floor: 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum. END OF SECTION 06112 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 06114 WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED - A. Roof curbs and cants. B. Blocking in wall and roof openings. C. Wood furring and grounds. D. Concealed wood blocking for support of washroom accessories wall and cabinets. E. Wood treatment. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork: Concrete openings to receive wood blocking. B. Section 06112 - Framing and Sheathing: Roof decking to receive wood curbs and cants. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ALSC - American Lumber Standards Committee: Softwood Lumber Standard. B. APA - American Plywood Association: Grades and Standards. C. FS TT -W -571 - Wood Preservation: Treating Practices. D. NFPA - National Forest Products Association. E. NCGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. F. SPID - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. G. AITC - American Institute or Timber Construction. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC. B. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide technical data on wood preservative materials and application instructions. 06114 -1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: SPIB, NLGA, NFPD. B. Softwood Lumber: SYP species, #1 grade, 15 percent maximum moisture content. C. Plywood: APA Grade C -D, Exterior Structural I with waterproof glue, sanded. D. Fasteners: ElectroHot- dipped galvanized steel for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish elsewhere; size and type to suit condition. E. Anchors: Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to concrete. Bolts or ballistic fasteners for anchorages to steel and concrete. 2.02 WOOD TREATMENT A. Wood Preservative (Surface Application): Clear, type. B. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): FS TT -W -571 AWPA Treatment C2 using water borne preservative with 0.30 percent retainage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Brush apply two coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials roofing and related metal fleshings. B. Apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Treat site -sawn ends. D. Allow preservative to cure prior to erecting members. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Erect wood framing members level and plumb. B. Space framing and furring 16 inches o.c., unless noted on plans. C. Curb all roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are provided. Form corners by lapping side members alternatively. D. Coordinate work with installation of decking and support of decking at openings. END OF SECTION 06114 -2 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Install architectural woodwork, door frames, doors, grounds and furring, miscellaneous equipment, finish hardware and all other items of finish carpentry. B. Receive, check, store and properly install items of architectural woodwork. Scribe and fit to adjacent work. Provide necessary grounds and anchors. C. Receive, check and store items of finish hardware at the jobsite. Tag, index and file keys. 1.02 RELATED WORK (As Applicable) A. Section 08110 - Steel Doors. B. Section 08211 - Standard Wood Frames. C. Section 08211 - Wood Doors. D. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware. E. Division 10 - Miscellaneous Specialties. F. Section 06410 - Cabinets and Casework. 1.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Take measurements at the building before executing any finish carpentry work. Provide proper fitting of woodwork in the building. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Only mechanics who are competent and experienced in high grade finish carpentry shall be used to install finish woodwork. If in the opinion of the Architect, workmen are not fully competent, such men shall not be permitted to do further work. Only the highest character of workmanship will be acceptable. 3.02 INSTALLING DOORS AND FRAMES A. Inspection: Examine door frames and verify that frames are of the correct type and have been installed as required for proper hanging of corresponding doors. 06200 - 1 B. Installation: 1. Condition wood doors to average prevailing humidity in installation area prior to hanging. 2. Machine for hardware, fit doors properly to frame with uniform clearance at each edge. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. Bevel nonfire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. 3. Clearance: For nonfire doors provide clearance of 1/8 inch at jambs and heads; 1/8 inch at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/2 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering except where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN DOORS A. Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely as directed by the Architect. B. Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation as directed by the Architect. C. Replace warped doors. D. Protect doors from damage or deterioration until acceptance of the work. E. Carefully clean doors and touchup as required not more than four days prior to Owner's acceptance of the work. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE A. General: 1. Hardware shall be fitted prior to painting. Except hinges, remove all hardware for painting; mask hinges for painting. After painting is completed, final installation of the hardware shall be made. 2. Finish hardware must be neatly and properly installed in accordance with the best practices. All hardware must be thoroughly clean when it is turned over to the Owner. 3. No extra cost will be allowed because of changes or corrections necessary to facilitate the proper installation of any hardware. B. Installation Location: Locations of installation shall be as recommended by the manufacturer except for the following: 1. Locksets: C/L knob to finish floor - 38 inches. 2. Door Pulls: C/L grip to finish floor - 45 inches. 3. Pushplates: C/L of plate to finish floor - 54 inches. 4. Deadlocks: C/L of cylinder to finish floor - 52 inches. 5. Butt Hinges: Top edge of top butt - 5 inches from top rabbet. Bottom edge of bottom butt -10 inches from finish floor. Intermediate butt - equidistant between top and bottom butts. 6. Stops, Holders, Bumpers: Install in position to prevent hardware or door from coming into contact with parts of the building or other conflicting doors. 7. All Other Hardware: Per template and/or installation instructions. 06200 - 2 3.05 INSTALLATION OF METAL FRAMES A. Set before partitions are built in alignment with wall and partition lines, plumb and brace against displacement until enclosed. Bolt each jamb to the floor through anchors furnished with the metal door frames. 3.06 WOOD GROUNDS AND FURRING A. Provide wood grounds and blocking of size and shape required for securing wood trim and where required to secure other work or equipment in place. Set grounds true to line, level or plumb and well secured in place. Wood blocking or nailers on steel framing shall be bolted thereto. Wood nailers on masonry shall be secured to galvanized all -metal wall plugs set in masonry joints as wall is laid. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT A. Install all items of equipment furnished under the General Contract that are not specifically noted to be installed by others. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF WOODWORK A. Install trim and other items as detailed on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 06200 - 3 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1.04 FIELD MEASUREMENTS SECTION 06410 CABINET WORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all cabinet work shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry. B. Section 09920 - Interior Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Grading and Standards. 1. The Quality Standards of the American Woodwork Industry shall apply and by reference are made a part of this specification. 2. American Plywood Association (APA). B. Competence: The Architects approval of the cabinetwork manufacturer must be received prior to any arrangement with him to fumish the cabinetwork. The cabinetwork manufacturer must have completed comparable work successfully and must have established a record of doing satisfactory work on schedule. C. Delivery and Storage: The building and/or storage area shall be sufficiently dry before items of cabinetwork are delivered to prevent the cabinetwork from being damaged by excessive changes in moisture content. D. Custom grade flush overlay frame cabinetry. All cabinetry will have a back on it; backs and end panels will be finished on all exposed surfaces (including those which are visible when drawers and doors are open). Edges of all plywood and particle board shall be covered with solid lumber unless totally covered by plastic laminate. Ends divisions between one area and another shall be solid as opposed to just a frame. All drawers shall have waxed hardwood guides (minimum) unless rolling hardware is noted elsewhere. Countertops shall be attached with concealed clips on screws; no nailing or exposed fasteners shall be permitted. A. Shop Drawings: Furnish as described in Section 01300 with sections shown either full size or three -inch scale. Fabrication shall not be started until Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Architect. A. The cabinetwork manufacturer is responsible for details and dimensions not controlled by job conditions and shall show on his Shop Drawings all required field measurements beyond his control. The General Contractor and the cabinetwork manufacturer shall cooperate to establish and maintain these field dimensions. 06410 -1 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Woodwork for Transparent Finish: Natural Oak, solid wood, select. 1. Drawer Sides and Backs: Red or White Oak. B. Grade or rotary out plywood, custom grade or better, rotary cut plywood INT -AB grade, exposed two sides. C. Woodwork for Painted Finish: White Pine, Fir, or Yellow Birch B grade or better solid stock. Plywood INT- DFPA- AB- exposed two sides, INT- DFPA -AD- exposed one side. D. Laminated Plastic: 1. Finish: High pressure plastic laminate, .051 inches thick, Wilsonart, Formica or Nevamar. 2. Core: high density particle board or fir lumber core plywood. 3.. Adhesive: As recommended by the plastic laminate manufacturer. E. Hardware: (Heavy duty institutional type) 1. Drawer Slides: K & V 1300 or equal. 2. Shelf Standards: K & V 255, four per shelf. 3. Brackets: K & V 239. 4. Hinges: Dull chrome plated steel, five knuckle hospital tip .095 gauge. 5. Door Catches: Magnetic, adjustable. 8. Locks: five -pin tumbler type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. Produce joints which are true, tight, and well nailed with all members assembled in accordance with the Drawings. B. Jointing: 1. Make joints to conceal shrinkage; miter exterior joints; cope interior joints; miter or scarf end - to-end joints. 2. Install trim in pieces as long as possible, jointing only where solid support is obtained. C. Fastening: 1. Install items straight, true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place. 2. Where blocking or backing is required, coordinate as necessary with other trades to ensure placement of required backing and blocking in a timely manner. 3. Nail trim with finish nails of proper dimension to hold the member firmly in place without splitting the wood. 4. Nail exterior trim with galvanized nails, making joints to exclude water and setting in waterproof glue or the sealant described in Section 07920 of these Specifications. 06410 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5. On exposed work, set nails for putty. 6. Screw, do not drive, wood screws; except that screws may be started by driving and then screwed home. 3.03 WOODWORK FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Faces, exposed sides, trim and other portions of Architectural woodwork exposed to view when the doors are closed and all other exposed finish woodwork not otherwise specified or noted shall be prepared for transparent finish. 3.04 WOODWORK FOR PAINTED FINISH A. All portions of casework fully concealed when opaque case doors are closed, storage and closet shelving shall be prepared for painted finish. 3.05 SHELVING A. Shelving shown to be adjustable shall be provided with shelf standards and brackets equal to those manufactured by the Knapp & Vogt Mfg. Co., Stanley Hardware Company or approved equal with recessed mounting. Provide transparent finish unless otherwise noted. 3.06 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, CABINETS AND COUNTERS A. Cabinet Doors and Fronts: Cabinet doors shall have both faces cut from the same piece of plywood and shall be edge matched. Fronts shall be made from plywood with grain running vertically and with top and sides splined. B. Laminated Counter Tops: Top edges of plastic laminate splash shall be left long enough to scribe to finish wall. Splashes shall be butted tightly to counter tops. Any gaps shall be seamfilled with matching seamfill compound. Splash shall be caulked at all points where they make contact with painted wall surfaces. Caulking shall be painted to match color of wall surface or shall be seamfilled of matching color. C. Holes for Lavatories: Cut at the job site. Lavatory rims are to be used as patterns for the holes. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF OTHER ITEMS A. Install items in strict accordance with the Drawings and the recommended methods of the manufacturer as approved by the Architect, anchoring firmly into position at the prescribed locations, straight, plumb, and level. 3.08 FINISHING A. Sandpaper finished wood surfaces thoroughly as required to produce a uniformly smooth surface, always sanding in the director of the grain; except do not sand wood which is designed to be left rough. B. No coarse grained sandpaper mark, hammer mark, or other imperfection will be accepted. 3.09 CLEANING UP A. Keep the premises in a neat, safe, and orderly condition at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, free from accumulation of sawdust, cut -ends, and debris. 06410 -3 B. Sweeping: 1. At the end of each worsting day, and more often if necessary, thoroughly sweep surfaces where refuse from this portion of the Work has settled. 2. Remove the refuse to the area of the job site set aside for its storage. 3. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, thoroughly broom clean all surfaces. END OF SECTION 08410 -4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Cold - applied asphalt emulsion dampproofing. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1 Section 04340 - Reinforced Unit Masonry 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Section 01300 - Submittals. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed bituminous dampproofing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project and that has resulted in construction with a record of successful in -service performance. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather. Proceed with dampproofing work only when existing and forecast weather conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. PART 2- PRODUCTS SECTION 07164 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 1. Product Data: Include data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements for each dampproofing material specified. 2.01 COLD - APPLIED ASPHALT EMULSION DAMPPROOFING A. Asphalt Emulsion: Asphalt- and - water - emulsion coating, compounded to penetrate substrate and build to moisture - resistant coating. 1. Provide heavy fibrated -type mastic asbestos -free emulsion; ASTM D 1227, Type IV, except containing nonasbestos, inorganic fibrous reinforcement materials. 07164 -1 2. Provide semifibrated -type semimastic asbestos -free emulsion; ASTM D 1227, Type 11, except containing nonasbestos fibrous reinforcement and filler materials. 3. Provide nonfibrated -type liquid asbestos -free emulsion; ASTM D 1227, Type 111. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering asphalt emulsion products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: C. Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide coal tar products of one of the following: 1. Celotex Corporation. 2. ChemRex, Inc. /Sonnebome Building Products Div. 3. GS Roofing Products Company, Inc. 4. J & P Petroleum Products, Inc. 5. Kamak Chemical Corporation. 6. Koch Materials Company. 7. Koppers Company, Inc. 8. Lunday Thagard Company. 9. Manville Building Materials Corporation. 10. Tamko Corporation. 11. Tremco, Inc. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Glass -Fiber Mat: Nonwoven fiberglass fabric of continuous filament or jack- straw filament/yam pattem of glass fiber, impregnated and bound together with type of organic/synthetic binder that is compatible with type of bituminous compound indicated to be reinforced, weighing 1.0 to 1.5 lbs. per 100 sq. ft., 36- inch -wide rolls. B. Bituminous Grout: Comply with ASTM D 147. C. Plastic Cement: Asphalt based, complying with ASTM D 491, except provide coal tar base where specifically recommended by manufacturer of bituminous dampproofing materials. D. Protection Course, Board Type: Asphalt- impregnated and coated organic fiberboard, 1/2 inch thick. E. Protection Course, Roll Roofing Type: ASTM D 249, smooth - surfaced roll roofing, weighing not less than 55 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. F. Protection Course, Film Type: 4-mil carbonated polyethylene film. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE A. Clean substrate of projections and substances detrimental to work; comply with recommendations of prime materials manufacturer. B. Prime substrate as recommended by prime materials manufacturer. 07164 -2 C. Protection of Other Work: Do not allow liquid and mastic compounds to enter and clog drains and conductors. Prevent spillage and migration onto other surfaces of work, by masking or otherwise protecting adjoining work. 3.02 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturers recommendations, except where more stringent requirements are indicated or specified and where project conditions require extra precautions or provisions to ensure satisfactory performance of work. B. General: Apply dampproofing to all exterior below - grade surfaces of exterior underground walls in contact with earth or other backfili and where space is enclosed on opposite side. C. Reinforcement: At changes in plane, install lapped course of glass -fiber mat in first coat of dampproofing compound before it thickens. D. Extend vertical dampproofing down walls from finished grade line to top of footing, extend over top of footing, and tum down minimum of 6 inches over outside face of footing. Extend 12 inches onto intersecting walls and footings but do not extend onto surfaces that will be exposed to view when project is completed. 3.03 ASPHALT EMULSION ON EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR SURFACES A. Apply coat of liquid asphalt emulsion dampproofing material by brushing or spraying at rate of 1.5 to 2.5 gallons per. 100 sq. ft., depending upon substrate texture, as required to produce uniform dry film thickness of not less than 15 mils. Apply in 2 coats if necessary to obtain required thickness, allowing time for complete drying between coats. B. Apply coat of semifibrated, semimastic, asphalt emulsion dampproofing materials, by brushing or spraying at rate of 5.0 gallons per 100 sq. ft., to produce uniform, dry film thickness of not less than 30 mils. C. Apply coat of fibrated, mastic, asphalt emulsion dampproofing material, by troweling onto substrate at a minimum rate of 7.0 gal. per 100 sq. ft., to produce average dry film of 60 mils but not less than 30 mils at any point. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF DAMPPROOF PROTECTION COURSE A. General: Install protection course over completed- and -cured dampproofing treatment. Comply with dampproofing materials manufacturer's recommendations for method of support or attachment of protection materials. Support with spot application of plastic cement where not otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 07164 -3 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK screws. SECTION 07412 PRE - FORMED METAL ROOFING A. Provide and install a 26 gauge, minimum, galvanized standing seam metal roof in accordance with applicable drawings and/or to match existing adjacent roofing.. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Provide construction Shop Drawings according to requirements outlined in the supplemental conditions. Indicate location of vents and other penetrations. B. Material shall be hot dip galvanized steel with a G80 or G90 dry finish - Chem Treat. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. The metal roof shall meet all requirements for a Factory Mutual Class I and U.L. Class A, B & C installation. B. The Roofing Subcontractor must be qualified and approved by the manufacturer to install the metal roof described below. C. Metal roofing shall be warranted for a period of five years. PART2- PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Exposed metal roofing and all exposed trim shall be 26 gauge galvanized sheet steel. B. Supports, brackets and other metal materials not exposed to view shall be 26 -gauge galvanized steel. C. Sealants as required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The roof metal shall be installed plumb, straight and true to building lines. The roof panels shall extend from ridge to eave in one piece without horizontal joints. B. Fastners shall be concealed clips of 30 gauge galvanized metal set with screws of sufficient length to penetrate deck. C. System shall be doublelock type with a formed rib 1 inch in height. D. Flashings and vent flashings shall be soldered using a 50 /50 solder lead/tin and muriatic acid as flux. E. Ridge and headwall trim shall be held in place with a standard z -bar flashing set with 07412-1 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Decking shall be thoroughly dry prior to installation. Wood decking shall be covered with one layer of #15 felt held in position by nails and washer discs. B. Lay out work to insure location of vents and other roof penetrations occur between standing seams. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Install cleats from ridge to eave, 12 inches on center, by attaching with screws. B. install metal pans between the cleats and attach as recommended by manufacturer. Panel width shall match existing adjacent panel size. C. Install gutters, collector boxes, valleys and ridge caps in accordance with NRCA standards. D. No penetrations shall be permitted in pan surfaces except those indicated on the Drawings. Coordinate with other Subcontractors to insure that all penetrations are completed by the Roofing Subcontractor. 3.04 CRICKETS A. Provide suitable crickets at all roof penetrations which bridge between two edges of a single roof panel. Insure positive drainage at each cricket. 3.05 CLEAN -UP A. After completion of all roofing, clean all construction marks, flux stains, and mastic from exposed metal surfaces. Remove all roofing materials from the site except those used for installation. END OF SECTION 07412 - 2 SECTION 07620 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Install sheet metal in strict accordance with this specification and the applicable Drawings including the following: 1. Metal drip at fascia. 2. Metal flashing and counterflashing. 3. Pipe penetrations access ports. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Division 15 - Plumbing: Lead Flashing. B. Section 09910 - Exterior Painting. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Flashing: Flashing and counterflashing at ventilators, hatchways, mechanical stacks, etc. shall be according to those specifications required by the roofing manufacturer to meet specified roofing warranty or guarantee. All final roofing work shall be conpleted after sheet metal flashing is installed. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit detailed Shop Drawings of all sheet metal work for review by the Architect before beginning any work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Exposed Sheet Metal: 26 gauge galvanized steel. B. Solder. 50/50 lead and tin. C. Flux: Muratic acid killed with zinc, or nonacid paste type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Workmanship and installation of sheet metal work herein specified shall be in accordance with SMACMA guidiines. 07620 -1 B. Counter and Cap Flashing: 1. Install metal counterflashing immediately after base flashing is completed, lapping vertical part of base flashing at least 6 inches. 2. Base, chimney, and wall flashings shall be of a 26 gauge galvanized metal to match panel roofing. 3.02 CLEANUP A. Subcontractor shall be responsible for repairing all stains or damage to any wall surface result from work under this Section, the responsibility of securing a perfectly clean repair of these stains is to be that of the subcontractor doing the work. END OF SECTION 07620 - 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Install sheet metal gutters, downspouts, scuppers and collector boxes in strict accordance with this specification and the applicable drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09910 - Exterior Painting. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet metal fabrication and installation in and around scuppers and collector boxes shall be according to specifications required by the roofing manufacturer for the warranty specified. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS SECTION 07631 GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS A. Submit detailed Shop Drawings of all sheet metal conveyed storm drainage for review by the Architect in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions before beginning any work. PART2 PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Exposed Sheet Metal: 26-gauge steel, job painted coating unless otherwise shown. B. Concealed Sheet Metal: 26 -gauge galvanized steel unless otherwise shown. C. Solder. 50/50 lead and tin. D. Flux: Muriatic acid killed with zinc or nonacid paste type. E. Gutters: 5' OGEE type. F. Downspouts: Same size as gutter, (SCH 40 PVC may be used if concealed.) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Workmanship and installation of sheet metal work herein specified shall be in accordance with SMACMA guidelines. 3.02 COLLECTOR BOXES A. All joints of collector boxes shall be soldered to insure watertight connection to downspouts. Provide emergency overflow ports in all collector boxes. 07631 -1 3.03 DOWNSPOUTS A. Form downspouts to gutter outlet tube and connect to building with 2 -inch wide sheet metal straps at 6 -foot maximum spacing. Provide concrete splash blocks for all downspouts. 3.04 GUTTERS A. Gutter sections shall be soldered at all Joints to insure watertight connection. Slope gutter to insure positive drainage of water, space downspouts to eliminate excessive slope sight line produced by a long run of gutter. 3.05 CLEANUP A. Subcontractor shall be responsible for repairing all stains or damage to any wall surface resulting from work under this section. END OF SECTION 07631 - 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION (Wood or Metal Stud Construction) A. Fumish insulation in all unfinished or renovated walls where shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Fumish and install wall and floor\ceiling installation in all areas of Building 'N, first and second floors; ceiling area Elevator Shaft and Elevator Machine Room. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09260 - Gypsum Wallboard Systems. 1.03 VALUES, RATINGS, STANDARDS A. R -13 in all 2 x 4 walls. B. R -19 in all 2 x 4 walls and R -19 or greater in all intermediate floor /ceiling assemblies. C. R -26 in all roof /ceiling assemblies unless noted otherwise. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Insulation, Blanket Type: Certainteed, Owens Coming or Johns - Manville unfaced fiberglass or equal in roll or batt form. 1. Exterior Wall Thermal Insulation: Minimum thickness not Tess than full width of the studs. 2. Interior metal stud blankets minimum thickness not less than full width of the stud for thermal and 2 -1/2 inch for sound attenuation. 3. Ceiling insulation over dropped ceiling to be cut to fit ceiling tile. Minimum R -value to not less than R -13 (4 -inch batts). 2.02 STORAGE A. All materials must be delivered in original unopened packages with manufacturer's name and contents legibly indicated and stored in a safe enclosed area protected from damage and moisture until ready to use. B. Any material exposed to weathering will be replaced. No wet or damp insulation will be permitted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 07210 - 1 A. Install insulation in exterior walls and ceilings leaving no voids. Install behind electrical outlets around structural obstructions, Jambs and sills and web space in exterior beams. B. Secure insulating batts to studs by stapling, use of stick clips or by holding in place with wire mesh or plastic netting. C. Install batts directly over ceiling panels. Install above all panels except where codes prohibit. D. Install insulation to extent that entire structure is enclosed in a completely solid insulating blanket except for approved penetrations (doors, windows, skylights, ceiling fixtures and vents). 3.02 INSPECTION A. Wall insulation shall be inspected by the Architect and approved prior to the application of concealing surfaces. B. Ceiling insulation shall be inspected by the Architect after all wiring and duct insulation is complete. Access to permit inspection must be provided by the General Contractor. END OF SECTION 07210 - 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 07920 SEALANTS AND CAULKINGS A. General: Caulking is specified for joints between dissimilar materials where movement is minimum and where water penetrations is not apt to occur. Sealant is specified for joints where significant movement is anticipated and where water penetration is likely to occur. B. Caulking: Caulking requirements are generally shown on the Drawings. Apply caulking to the following joints regardless of whether specified on the Drawings. 1. Windows: Around the interior perimeter of metal windows and around the rim of wood windows. 2. Doors: At the head and jambs of metal and wood doors, both sides if interior. 3. Woodwork: Between the splash and the wall surface and between the splash and the counter top. 4. Base: Between the floor surface and wood base for gaps greater than 1116 inch. 5. Pipes: Around pipe penetrations. 6. Dissimilar Materials: Between joints of dissimilar materials not covered by a third material. C. Sealant: Use sealant for exterior openings and control joints as follows: 1. Windows: Exterior sides of heads, jambs and sills. 2. Doors: Exterior sides of heads and jambs. 3. Thresholds: Set in a continuous sealant bead. 4. Masonry: At control joints. 5. Dissimilar Materials: Between joints of dissimilar materials not covered by a third material. 1.02 RELATED WORK (IF APPLICABLE) A. Section 04340 - Masonry. B. Section 08730 - Weatherstripping. C. Section 08800 - Thresholds. D. Section 07240 - Exterior Insulation and Finish System. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit literature and a complete range of colors to the Architect for selection. Do not order caulking or sealant for use on the project until the Architect has approved colors and type. B. In general, caulking and sealant colors should be paintable or match the background of that material being caulked or sealed. 07920 -1 PART 2- PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Caulking: 1. Pecora, AC -20 One Part Acrylic Latex. 2. Sonnebom, Sonolac Acrylic Latex. 3. Tremco, Acrylic Latex Caulk. B. Sealant: 1. Dow Corning, #790 Building Sealant. 2. Pecora, #863 or#864 Silicone. 3. PTI, #707 or #737 ButylNinyl Acrylic. 4. Sonnebom, Sonolastic One Part. 5. Sonnebom, Butakauk. 6. Tremco, Mono or THC -900. C. Backer Rod: 1. Sonnebom, Sonofoam, size as required. 2. Williams Products, Everlastic, Neoprene, NNI. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cleaning: Clean joints thoroughly. Remove all loose material. Joints must remain dry for caulking. B. Backing: Use backer rod for all deep joints. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Caulking: 1. Rake and clean joints thoroughly to a minimum depth of 3/8 inch. 2. Fill joints solidly with caulking compound applied with a caulking gun. Joints shall be smooth and unbroken. 3. Keep adjoining and other surfaces clean and free of caulking compound and remove all excess caulking materials. B. Sealant: 1. Clean joints thoroughly and remove all material which will impair bonding of sealant with edges of joints. 2. Insert backer rod to even depth for the full length of joints and prime all surfaces to receive sealant with primer recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 3. Mix and apply sealant with gun in strict accordance with the sealant manufacturer's directions and these specifications. Fill joint recesses solidly. 4. Sealant bead proportions shall be same depth to width for joints up to 1/2 inch wide and shall have depth of 1/2 inch for joints up to 1° wide. 5. Keep faces of adjacent surfaces clean and remove all excess sealant materials. The finished joints shall present a smooth, unbroken surface recessed approximately 1/16 inch from the joint face. D. Protection: Protect sealant joints from damage, particularly during the curing stage. All marred sealant joints shall be raked clean and replaced. 07920 - 2 3.03 CLEANING A. Exercise care to prevent caulking and sealant material from adhering to surfaces other than those intended to receive this material. If in spite of all precautions other surfaces are contaminated, carefully and thoroughly clean these surfaces in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the caulking and sealant materials. END OF SECTION 07920 - 3 2.02 MATERIALS SECTION 08111 STEEL DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Fumish and install standard steel doors where shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09910 - Exterior Painting B. Section 09920 - Interior Painting C. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware D. Section 08730 - Thresholds & Weatherstripping. E. Section 08200 - Finish Carpentry 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings and schedules in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions. Shop Drawings shall show gauges of metal, anchors, dimensions, weights and sizes of members, details of construction and installation with particular regard to connection and jointing to other materials and locations of units in the building. 1.04 MEASUREMENTS A. Obtain necessary measurements of steel doors in the building and layout and construct the frame and adjacent work to fit the door. 1.05 STANDARDS A. As published by NAAMM. B. As published by SDI. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Work shall be first quality hollow metal construction by Aetna Steel Products, Dean Steel Company, Tex -Steel Corporation, Overly Manufacturing Company, Steelcraft, Ceco Corporation or approved equal. A. Steel for exposed parts of hollow metal work shall be first quality, cold rolled, pickled and patent leveled, bonderized, open hearth, furniture steel. Gauges of steel shall be such that the work will be substantially constructed and that surfaces will be smooth and level under normal use but in no case shall the metal be lighter than 18 gauge. 08111 -1 B. Acoustic, thermal, and fire- retarding material for metal clad doors and panels shall be filler conforming to the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and of the standards of the National Fire Protection Association. Doors requiring fire rating as noted on the Drawings shall be clearly labeled with a metal tag. C. Shop Finishes: 1. Surfaces not accessible after fabrication - Dupont, Sherwin- Williams, or PPG synthetic vehicle zinc chromate rust - Inhibitive primer or approved equal. 2. Exposed surfaces baked -on powder -coat plus baked -on rust - inhibitive primer. 3. Doors exposed to weather shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet, cut edges shall be gray galvanized after fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A. Metal work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Exposed surfaces shall be free from warp, wave and buckle with all comers square. Members shall be set in proper alignment with all surfaces straight and in true plane. Mitered joints shall be well formed. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth and flush on exposed surfaces. Face of metal in contact shall have hairline joints. B. Fastenings shall be concealed where practicable. Construction Joints shall be continuously welded their full length and ground flush on exposed surfaces. Doors shall have proper bevel to operate without binding. Where assemblies of doors occur in openings noted to be labeled, such assemblies shall conform to the label requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and to the standards of the National Fire Protection Association and shall bear the labels of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. 3.02 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION A. Unless otherwise required for the ratings noted, exterior hollow metal doors shall be constructed of outer sheets of not less than No. 18 gauge, formed and rigidly connected and reinforced inside with continuous interlocking members of not Tess than No. 20 gauge, spaced not more than 5 Inches on centers or with fully honeycombed resin impregnated core. Sound deadening and heat retarding materials shall completely fill spaces between the outer sheets and shall extend the full height of the metal clad doors. Doors shall be laterally stiffened at top and bottom by continuous channels securely welded to both face sheets. B. Heads and jambs of doors shall be flush constructed. C. Louvers, where scheduled, shall be inverted -Y construction 14 gauge minimum. 3.03 HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT A. Hardware reinforcement and sinkages shall be provided in accordance with templates fumished by the approved hardware manufacturer. Hinged points shall be reinforced with not less than 10 gauge steel and shall be drilled and tapped to receive the specified hardware. Reinforcement for surface- applied hardware such as closers, stops, protective plates and similar items shall provide a tapping thickness of not less than 11 gauge. Lock reinforcement shall be 16 gauge minimum. B. The hollow metal supplier shall provide an approved set of Shop Drawings for the Finish Hardware Supplier's use when requesting hardware templates. 08111 - 2 3.04 SHOP PAINTING A. Bonderize after metal surfaces have been thoroughly cleaned of loose scale and other objectionable material and have been degreased with a volatile cleaner. B. Inaccessible surfaces shall be given a coat of rust inhibitive primer before being assembled. C. Exposed surfaces of metal shall receive a mineral filler baked -on and sanded between coats followed by a coat of primer baked -on. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. See Section 08200 for installation of doors. B. See Section 08710 for finish hardware requirements. C. See Section 09910 and 09920 for interior and exterior painting requirements. D. See Section 08730 for threshold and weatherstripping requirements. END OF SECTION 08111 - 3 SECTION 08112 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Fumish and install steel frames where shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09910 - Exterior Painting B. Section 09920 - Interior Painting C. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware D. Section 08730 - Thresholds and Weatherstripping E. Section 08110 - Steel Doors 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings and Schedules in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions. Shop Drawings shall show gauges of metal, anchors, dimensions, weights and sizes of members, details of construction and installation with particular regard to connection and jointing to other materials and locations of units in the building. 1.04 MEASUREMENTS A. Obtain necessary measurements of door and adjoining work at the building and layout and construct to fit the conditions. 1.05 STANDARDS A. As published by NAAMM. B. As published by SDI. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Work shall be first quality hollow metal construction by Aetna Steel Products, Dean Steel Company, Tex -Steel Corporation, Overly Manufacturing Company, Steelcraft, Ceco Corporation or approved equal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.02 MATERIALS 08112 - 1 A. Steel for exposed parts of hollow metal work shall be first quality, cold rolled, pickled and patent leveled, bonderized, open hearth, furniture steel. Gauges of steel shall be such that the work will be substantially constructed and that surfaces will be smooth and level under normal use but in no case shall the metal be lighter than the gauges specified herein or shown on the Drawings. B. Expansion bolts shall be cinch -type galvanized. C. Shop Finishes: 1. Surfaces not accessible after fabrication - Dupont, Sherwin - Williams or PPG synthetic vehicle zinc chromate rust- inhibitive primer or approved equal. 2. Exposed surfaces baked -on mineral filler plus baked -on rust- inhibitive primer. 3. Frames exposed to weather shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet, cut edges shall be gray galvanized after fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A. Hollow metal work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. B. Exposed surfaces shall be free from warp, wave and buckle with all comers square. Members shall be set in proper alignment with all surfaces straight and in true plane. Mitered joints shall be well formed. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth and flush on exposed surfaces. Face of metal in contact shall have hairline joints. C. Fastenings shall be concealed where practicable. Construction joints shall be continuously welded their full length and ground flush on exposed surfaces. Doors shall have proper bevel to operate without binding. Where assemblies of doors and frames occur in openings noted to be labeled, such assemblies shall conform to the label requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and to the standards of the National Fire Protection Association and shall bear the labels of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. 3.02 GENERAL FRAME CONSTRUCTION A. Hollow metal frames shall be of continuous type, pressed steel of the design and section shown. Unless otherwise indicated or required, frames shall be No. 16 gauge for wider openings and all exterior openings. Labeled frames shall be No. 14 gauge. Temporary channel or angle spreaders shall be tackwelded to bottom of frames to prevent distortion during shipment and storage and shall hold the frames in proper position until adjacent construction has been completed. Bottoms of frames shall have 12 -gauge welded -on floor clips punched for two 1/4-inch expansion bolts. Retum bends of frames shall be flanged as detailed. Provide holes in frame to receive silencers. B. Anchors shall be "Z" type or as required by the partition and structural conditions. Frames 7 feet high shall have 3 anchors per jamb, frames in excess of 7 feet in height shall have on additional anchor for each 30 inches or fraction thereof excess height. Provide head and sill anchorage for frames as indicated. 3.03 HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT A. Hardware reinforcement and sinkages shall be provided for frames in accordance with templates furnished by the approved hardware manufacturer. Frames shall be mortised and reinforced with not less than 10 gauge steel and shalt be drilled and tapped to receive the specified mortised hardware. Reinforcement for surface applied hardware such as 08112 - 2 closers, stops, protective plates and similar items shall provide a tapping thickness of not less than 11 gauge steel. Closer reinforcement shall be provided on both sides of all frames including those not scheduled to receive surface applied closers. Strike reinforcement shall be 16 gauge steel minimum. Metal covers formed of not less than No. 26 -gauge steel shall be provided for all mortises to prevent mortar or plaster from filling openings and tapped holes. Plates for butt reinforcement shall be at least eight inches longer than the butt and shall be not less than 10 gauge thickness for tapping. 3.04 SHOP PAINTING A. Bonderize after metal surfaces have been thoroughly cleaned of loose scale and other objectionable material and have been decreased with a volatile cleaner. B. Inaccessible surfaces of closed frames shall be given a coat of rust inhibitive primer before being assembled. C. Exposed surfaces of metal shall receive a mineral filler baked -on and sanded between coats followed by a coat of primer baked -on. D. Galvanized sheet metal frames shall have their cut edges gray galvanized after fabrication. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. See Section 08710 for finish hardware requirements. B. See Sections 09910 and 09920 for interior and exterior painting requirements. C. See Section 08730 for threshold and weatherstripping requirements. D. See Section 08100 for steel doors. END OF SECTION 08112-3 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Fumish and install wood doors as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry B. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware C. Section 09920 - Interior Painting 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Furnish for all wood doors. Fabrication shall not be started until Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Architect. A. The building and/or storage area shall be sufficiently dry before doors are delivered to prevent the woodwork from being damaged by excessive changes in moisture content. Store doors in a manner recommended by the manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standards: The Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute shall apply and by reference are made a part of this specification. B. Qualifications: The door manufacturer must have completed comparable work successfully and must have established a record of doing satisfactory work on schedule. C. Inspection: Representatives from the Architect shall be permitted facilities for inspecting the work at the shop at any time. Defective workmanship and/or materials shall be rejected and replaced. Inspection at the shop will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities to complete the work. D. Workmanship: Doors furnished under this specification shall meet AWI "Illustrated Standards" - Requirements for Premium Grade. E. Guarantee: The workmanship and materials of all interior wood doors shall be guaranteed in writing for five years. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Solid Core Hardboard Doors (fire - rated): 1. Core: Particle board CS 236.86 or special mineral type. 2. Thickness (finished): 1 -314 inches. 3. Top & Bottom Rails: As required. 08211 - 1 4. Stiles: As required. 5. Core Adhesive: Type II (water repellent bond) 6. Face Veneers: 1/8 -inch hardwood finished suitable for staining. 7. Solid Core Firerated Doors: Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. or equal. 8. Vision Panel: (Where required) wire glass with metal frame. B. Solid Core Wood Slab Doors (non fire - rated): 1. Core: Bonded staggered wood blocks. 2. Thickness (finished): 1 -3/4 inches. 3. Top & Bottom Rack: 1 -1/8 inch hardwood. 4. Stiles: 3/4 -inch birch. 5. Core Adhesive: Type II (water resistant). 6. Face Assembly Adhesive: Type I (waterproof). 7. Crossband: 1/16 -inch thick hardwood veneer. 8. Face Veneers: 1/8 -inch minimum premium grade rotary cut natural oak. 9. Solid Core Slab Doors: Weyerhaeuser, Staved Core DSC-1 or equal. 10. Vision Panel: (Where scheduled) metal frame, tempered glass. C. Hollow Core Wood Flush Door (non fire- rated): 1. Core: Expandable celular fiber or honeycomb fiber or resin. 2. Thickness (finished): 1 -3/4 inches. 3. Top & Bottom Rack: 1 -1/8 inch hardwood. 4. Stiles: 3/4 -inch birch. 5. Core Adhesive: Type II (water resistant). 6. Face Assembly Adhesive: Type I (waterproof). 7. Crossband: 1/16 -inch thick hardwood veneer. 8. Face Veneers: 1/8 -inch minimum premium grade rotary cut natural oak. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by the Architect. B. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation as directed by the Architect. C. Protection of Completed Work: Protect doors from damage or deterioration until acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 08211 -2 SECTION 08212 STANDARD WOOD FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install wood door frames as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry B. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware C. Section 09920 - Interior Painting D. Section 0811 - Steel Doors and 08211 Wood Doors 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Furnish for all wood door frames and cased openings. Fabrication shall not be started until Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. The building and/or storage area shall be sufficiently dry before frames are delivered to prevent the woodwork from being damaged by excessive changes In moisture content. Store door frames in a manner recommended by the manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standards: The Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute shall apply and by reference are made a part of this specification. B. Qualifications: The door frame manufacturer must have completed comparable work successfully and must have established a record of doing satisfactory work on schedule. C. Inspection: Representatives from the Architect shall be permitted facilities for inspecting the work at the shop at any time. Defective workmanship and/or materials shall be rejected and replaced. Inspection at the shop will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities to complete the work. D. Workmanship: Doorframes furnished under this specification shall meetAWl "Illustrated Standards" - Requirements for Premium Grade. E. Guarantee: The workmanship and materials of all interior wood door frames shall be guaranteed in writing for five years. PART2- PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. New door frames and Trim: Clear Ash. 08212 -1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Relocate previously used frames as indicated on Drawings and in Door Schedule. Installation, construction and workmanship shall be as for new frames. B. Provide solid blocking at all hinge points and strikes. Shim jambs and head to plumb and level and to proper alignment and clearance for scheduled door. Stops shall be securely nailed. Set, fill, sand, and primer/seal all frames before final coating. B. Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by the Architect. C. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation as directed by the Architect. D. Protection of Completed Work: Protect doors from damage or deterioration until acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 08212 - 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 08330 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Extent of overhead coiling doors is shown on drawings. B. Types of overhead coiling doors include the following: 1. Overhead counter doors. C. Provide complete operating door assemblies including door curtains, guides, counterbalance mechanism, hardware, motorized operators, and installation accessories. D. Electrical connections for powered operators and accessories are specified in Division 16. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, roughing -in diagrams, and installation instructions for each type and size of overhead coiling door. Provide operating instructions and maintenance information, and electrical rough -in instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for special components and installations which are not fully dimensioned or detailed on manufacturers data sheets. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fumish overhead coiling door as a complete unit produced by one manufacturer, including hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components. B. Insert and Anchorages: Furnish anchoring devices for installation of units. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Alpine Overhead Doors, Inc. 2. Apton Door, Div. of the Union Corp. 08330 -1 3. Atlas Door Corp. 4. The Cookson Co. 5. ComeII Iron Works Inc. 6. Dynamic Closures Corp. 7. Kinnear Div., Harsco Corp. 8. Mahon Rolling Door Div., RCM Corp. 9. North American Rolling Door, Inc. 10. Overhead Door Corp. 11. Pacific Rolling Door Co. 12. Raynor Manufacturing Co. 13. Southwestem Steel Rolling Door Co. 14. G. Wilson Corp. 15. Windsor Door Div., The Ceco Corp. 2.02 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Door Curtain: Fabricate overhead coiling door curtain of interlocking slats designed to withstand required wind loading, of continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated, provide slats of material gage recommended by door manufacturer for size and type of door required, and as follows: 1. Aluminum Door Curtain Slats: Fumish with standard mill finish. a. Furnish manufacturer's standard "flat -face" slats. B. Bottom Bar. Consisting of aluminum extrusions. C. Alluminum extrusion bolting into adjustable slots in mounting angle.Secure continuous wall angle to wall framing by 318" minimum bolts at not more than 30" o.c., unless closer spacing recommended by door manufacturer. Extend wall angles above door opening head to support coil brackets, unless otherwise indicated. Place anchor bolts on exterior wall guides so they are concealed when door is in closed position. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent over - travel of curtain, and continuous bar for holding windlocks. 2.03 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS A. General: Fumish electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer, complete with electric motor and factory- pre■ired motor controls, gear reduction unit, solenoid operated brake, remote control stations, control devices, conduit and wiring from controls to motor and central stations, and accessories required for proper operation. B. Provide hand - operated disconnect . Mount disconnect so it is accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating if an emergency operator is engaged. C. Design operator so that motor may be removed without disturbing limit- switch adjustment and without affecting emergency auxiliary operator. D. Door Operator Type: Provide wall or bracket- mounted door operator units consisting of electric motor, worm gear drive from motor to reduction gear box, chain or worm gear drive from reduction box to gear wheel mounted on counterbalance shaft, and a disconnect- release for manual operation. Provide 08330 - 2 motor and drive assembly of horsepower and design as determined by door manufacturer for size of door required. E. Electric Motors: Provide high - starting torque, reversible, constant duty, Class A insulated electric motors with overload protection, sized to move door in either direction, from any position, at not less than 213' nor more than 1' per second. 1. Coordinate wiring requirements and current characteristics of motors with building electrical system. 2. Fumish open - drip -proof type motor and controller with NEMA Type 1 enclosure. F. Remote Control Station: Provide momentary- contact, 3 -button control station with push -button controls labeled "OPEN ", "CLOSE" and "STOP ". G. Automatic Reversing Control: Furnish each door with automatic safety switch, extending full width of door bottom, and located within neoprene or rubber astragal mounted to bottom door rail. Contact with switch before fully closing will immediately stop downward travel and reverse direction to fully opened position. Connect to control circuit through retracting safety cord and reel, or self - coiling cable. 1. Provide electrically actuated automatic bottom bar. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install door and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head mold strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and as specified herein. B. Upon completion of installation including work by other trades, lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion and fitting weathertight for entire perimeter. END OF SECTION 08330 - 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Fumish and install finish hardware as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Sub - Contractor shall be responsible for layout, cleanup and removal of all debris associated with this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: The Finish hardware supplier shall be technically proficient and experienced and shall be responsible for properly detailing and fitting material to the conditions required by the Drawings. 1.03 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Products specified by manufacturer's number set are the minimum acceptable standards of quality. Similar products of manufacturers listed herein that provide the same function and have similar construction characteristics and design appearance will be acceptable. Products that do not provide these features must be approved in writing by the Architect as described by supplementary conditions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS BY SUPPLIER A. Submit two copies of the hardware schedule and illustrated brochures and specifications for each item. Hardware schedule shall correlate each door with the Drawings by Architect's door number. List each door by door number and location, size of door, hand of door (active leaf or pairs) door and frame material, and keying symbol. Heading numbers shall note hardware set used for doors listed in the heading. All materials shall be indicated by manufacturer's number of symbol and /or as hereinafter noted. PART2- PRODUCT 2.01 FINISHES AND DESIGN SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE A. Finishes (locksets): 1. Lock Trim Finish: Oil Rubbed Bronze, 10B. 2. Butts for Solid Core Wood Doors: Oil Rubbed Bronze 10B. 3. All Other Hardware: Oil Rubbed Bronze. 10B. B. Design: HG (locksets) or equal. C. Keying shall be a Master Key System. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation: 08710 -1 1. Except for hinges, fit hardware prior to the painting and remove. Complete final installations of the hardware after painting. Mask hinges completely for painting. 2. Install finish hardware in accordance with the best practices. B. Hardware Locations: 1. Locations of installation shall be as recommended by the manufacture, and /or as follows: Locks Distance from the floor to the center line knob - 38" (.95m) Door Pull Distance from floor to center line of grip 45 °. Push Plate Distance from floor to center of plate 54 ". Arm Plate Distance from floor to center of plate - 48" -12 inches from striking edge of door. 2. Coordinate hardware installation with installation for new doors, relocated/re-used doors, and specialty doors (overhead coiling). END OF SECTION 08710 - 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 08730 WEATHERSTRIPPING AND SEALS A. Furnish and install door weatherstripping as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08740 - Thresholds. B. Section 08112 Steel Frames and 08212 Wood Frames. 1.03 MANUFACTURERS A. National Guard Products, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Head and jamb protection (exterior doors): Neoprene weatherstrip finish to match color of door and frame. B. Light and sound - seal protection (Interior doors) as indicated and specified on drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install weatherstripping at all exterior wood and metal doors around heads and jambs in a neat workmanlike manner. Head and jamb pieces to butt at 90° with straight cuts. B. Clean weatherstripping of all visible adhesive. END OF SECTION 08730 - 1 SECTION 08740 THRESHOLDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide and install thresholds as specified herein and shown on the Drawings. B. All exterior doors shall be equipped with thresholds. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08112 - Standard Steel Frames and 08212 - Wood Frames. B. Section 07900 - Caulking and Sealants. C. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Thresholds: Submit threshold type with hardware submittal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Exterior Metal Door Threshold: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install thresholds by bedding in continuous mastic. Attach with screws to insure tight level frt. Check door swing to eliminate binding. END OF SECTION 08740 -1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install metal studs, furring and bracing as shown on the Drawings and described herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09260 - Gypsum Wallboard Systems. B. Section 09920 - Interior Painting. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. Deliver materials to the job in original, unopened containers or bundles and properly store to prevent damage. B. Installation and application of materials shall be in acconiance with the latest printed directions of the manufacturer. Products of United States Gypsum Company, National Gypsum Company, Donn Products, Inc. or approved equal may be used. C. Double stud partitions and/or necessary furring shall be provided when required to conceal piping, conduit or other incidental items such as columns, uneven wall surfaces and similar construction deficiencies. PART 2- PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS SECTION 09110 NONLOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Studs and Channel Runners: Interior Walls - 25 -gauge galvanized steel, ASTM A -591 or ASTM A- 525G60, typically 3-5/8 inches. Studs shall be sized for height in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations but shall not be less than 3-5/8 Inches unless specifically indicated on the Drawings. B. Screws: 3/8 -inch Pan Head. C. Furling Channels: USG Metal Furring Channels - 7/8 inch deep by 1 -1/4 inches wide. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Channel Runners: Attach to concrete substrates with power driven fasteners or the Tapcon fastening system using layout provided by the General Contractor. B. Stud Erection: Insert floor to ceiling studs between runners and twist into position. Secure studs top and bottom with screws. Space studs 16 inches on center unless otherwise noted. C. Splicing: When necessary, form a box section by reversing one stud and lap at least 8 inches. Fasten with four screws 1 inch from the end of the splice on both sides. 09110 - 1 D. Chase wall framing: Assemble each side of the chase wall similar to any wall and cross brace every 48 inches with steel studding. E. All stud wall framing (in partitions which do not extend from substrate to ceiling structure) within 4' of either side of a door shall be continuous full height studs. Brace all walls at doorways or as necessary to prevent sway and deflection using metal studding attached at a 45 degree angle to the runner channel or stud and a suitable member of the structural frame. Adequacy of bracing shall be as determined by the Architect. 3.02 LINE AND LEVEL A. Correct all wall system installations that are not true to line, plumb and level. END OF SECTION 09110 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS 1.06 SUBMITTALS SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide colored plaster surfaces as shown on Drawings and finish schedules. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard Systems. B. Section 09201 - Furring and Lathing. C. Section 09910 - Exterior Painting. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Guarantee all plastering work for two years from completion and acceptance of the work against popping, checking, discoloring, falling off or becoming otherwise defective. The guarantee shall bind the Contractor to repair or replace defective work at his own expense including other work affected by these repairs within the guarantee period. B. Allowable Tolerances for Finished Work: 1. Portland Cement Piaster. Flat surfaces shall not exceed 1/4 inch in 8 feet for bow, warp, plumb or level. C. Compliances: ANSI A -422. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver plastering materials in sealed containers, bags or bundles fully identified with the manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade. Store materials in a dry, well ventilated space under cover and off the ground. A. Examine surfaces which are to receive plaster. Notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the plaster work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Verify installation of control Joints with the Architect. B. Do not apply plaster when the ambient temperatures are Tess than 32( F. or when Tess than 40( F. and falling. Interior plaster may be applied when proper heating is available to prevent damage to the installed work. A. Provide three samples, each 12 inches square, representative of obtainable texture, color and finish within the limits of this Specification. These samples will be used by the Architect for selection of the final color and textured plaster to be used on the project. After selection of color and texture, install one sample panel 09220 -1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS where directed and not less than 4 feet square. Obtain Architect's acceptance of color and texture before proceeding with other work. Do not after, move or destroy the sample panel until corresponding plaster work is completed, compared with the sample and accepted. A. Plaster Materials: (Factory mix or prepared mix plaster may be used if approved by the Architect.) 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C -150, Type I or Type IA. 2. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C-206. 3. Sand: American Standards Specification A -42 -2. 4. Water. Clean and potable. 5. Finish Coat: White Portland Cement ASTM C -150 or color as designated by the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PLASTER MIX AND APPLICATION A. General: 1. All plastering work shall be three coat work consisting of a scratch coat, a brown coat and a finish coat, total 3/4 inch thick. 2. Mechanically mix plaster materials at project site. Do not hand mix except where plaster amount required can be made using less than one bag of plaster material. 3. Sequence plaster installation property with installation of other work so that neither is damaged by the installation of the other. B. Portland Cement Plaster. 1. Exterior Work: a. Scratch Coat: Mix one sack Portland Cement (94 pounds) and 3 to 4-1/2 cubic feet of sand. Scratch coat shall be 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch thick, worked into lath to obtain satisfactory bond. Before scratch coat hardens, scratch to provide good mechanical key for brown coat. Scratch coat to be continuously moist -cured for not less than 48 hours. b. Brown Coat: Mix one sack Portland Cement (94 pounds) with not more than 3 cubic feet sand. Brown coat shall be applied not sooner than 48 hours after application of scratch coat. Before applying brown coat, the scratch coat shall be evenly dampened to obtain uniform suction. Brown coat shall be approximately 3/8 inch thick, applied in two coats, one immediately following the 09220 -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 '1 1 1 1 1 3.02 PATCHING other. The surface shall be brought to a true, even surface by floating or rolling and left rough for finish coat. Brown coat to be kept moist for not less than 48 hours then allowed to dry. c. Finish Coat: Use a Tight sand finish for ceilings and a light texture uniform machine dash finish for exterior vertical surface. Apply color using Oriental exterior stucco. Finish coat to be applied not sooner than seven days after application of preceding coat. Before applying finish coat, the preceding coat shall be evenly dampened to provide uniform suction. The finish coat of Portland Cement plaster work shall be laid out to permit the completion of an entire surface within natural breaking points in one location. A. Point around trim and other set work. Patch and point all cracks and defects. Patching plaster shall match material, finish and level with adjoining plastering. 3.03 CLEANING A. During Progress of Work: Remove rubbish and debris as the work progresses; leave spaces broom clean. B. At Completion of Work: Remove from the premises all rubbish and debris resulting from work. END OF SECTION 09220 - 3 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish gypsum wallboard partitions, furr outs and ceilings as shown on the Drawings or described herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK • A. Section 09920 - Interior Painting. B. Section 09110 - Nonload Bearing Wall Framing Systems. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. In cold weather, the building shall be heated during application of gypsum board and joint treatment. Maintain a uniform temperature in the range of 45 to 70 degrees Fahrenheit. Provide ventilation to eliminate excessive moisture. B. Deliver materials to the job in original unopened containers or pallets and properly store to prevent damage. C. Installation and application of materials shall be in accordance with the latest printed directions of the manufacturer. Products of United States Gypsum Company, National Gypsum Company, Donn Products, Inc. or approved equal may be used. D. Double stud partitions and/or necessary furring shall be provided when required to conceal piping, conduit or other incidental items. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Gypsum Board: Type 'X' 5/8 inch thick, 48 inches wide and in lengths as long as practical to minimize the number of joints.("Firecode " Type SW, Underwriters' Labeled.) Provide moisture resistant "Greenboard" panels for all wet walls applications, specifically behind showers, toilet walls, janitor sinks, and kitchens. B. Tape and Float: 1. Joint Compound: DuraBond 90. 2. Tape: Pert A -Tape. 3. Control Joints: USG 093. 4. Comer Beads: DuraBead No. 103. C. Screws: Bugle head screws with length as recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 09260 -1 A. Toilet room plumbing chase walls shall receive double layers of gypsum board on face sides of both lines of studs unless otherwise shown on Drawings. B. Apply gypsum wallboard with long dimension parallel to framing members. Wallboard of the maximum practical length shall be used to minimize end joints. All end joints shall be neatly fitted and staggered. Joints on opposite sides of the partitions shall be so arranged as to occur on different studs. C. Space screw fasteners for all partitions on a maximum of 12 inches on centers in the field of the board and 8 inches on center staggered along the vertical abutting edges. Screws shall be power driven with an electric screwdriver and screw heads shall provide a slight depression below the surface of the wallboard. Screws shall not be driven closer than 3/8 inch from edges and ends of the board. D. Where double thickness wallboard is required, space screws 16 inches on center for both layers. Apply both layers vertically with joints in face layer offset from base layer joints. Use 1 -inch screws for base layer and 1 -5/8 -inch screws for face layer. E. Provide comer reinforcement for all vertical or horizontal comers. F. Line of intersection between gypsum board and door frames shall be a neatly finished filled jointing. G. Provide control joints approximately 20 feet on center. Break wallboard behind joint using double studs. Attach control joints to face layer with staples spaced 6 inches on center on both flanges along entire length of joint. 3.02 TAPING AND FLOATING GYPSUM BOARD A. Tape Preparation: All V- grooves formed by abutting wrapped "eased" edges of SW type wallboard shall be prefilled with DuraBond 90 Joint Compound-Multi Purpose applied with a flexible 5 inch or 6 inch joint finishing knife. The V shall be filled flush with the plane of the taper and any excess compound above the groove must be wiped off, leaving a smooth, flat joint, clean to prefill to receive taping. The prefill coat must have hardened prior to the next application. B. Taping: Apply Perf A -Tape reinforcing tape using DuraBond Joint Compound taping with any suitable applicator which applies compound In a thin uniform layer over the joint. Taping coat must harden fully. C. Floating: Apply DuraBond 90 Joint Compound, fill coat to a minimum height no more than necessary to fill the joint flush with the board. This coat must be allowed to harden. If drying tape compound is used, it must be fully dry before finish coat is applied. D. Finishing: Apply USG Joint Compound Topping to a minimum crown extending somewhat beyond the fill coat to a feathered edge. All imperfections such as nail holes and dents as well as taped joints shall be filled and feather edged over an area large enough to be completely invisible in the finished stage. Surface shall be thoroughly sanded with fine grade sandpaper. E. Control Joints: Finish control joints flush with the metal surface on both sides of the tape. Feather joint compound out to a width of at least six inches on either side. After hardening, sand the joint smooth and remove tape ready for painting. Control joints for painted surfaces shall be painted. 09260 - 2 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean all surfaces which have become smeared or specked through any of these operations. B. Remove all rubbish and accumulated materials not caused by other trades and leave the work in a clean, orderly and acceptable condition. END OF SECTION 09260 - 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL 1.03 SUBMITTALS SECTION 09511 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A. Provide acoustical ceilings and associated systems in accordance with the Drawings and Schedules and as specified herein. B. Sub - Contractor shall be responsible for layout, cleanup and removal of all debris associated with this section. A. The installation of acoustical ceilings shall not start until all exterior openings have been glazed and all wet work such as concrete, cement finish and taping and floating of gypsum board is completed and has dried to the satisfaction of the Contractor. A uniform temperature of not less than 60° Fahrenheit shall be maintained immediately before, during and after installation of acoustical ceiling board. A. Submit Shop Drawings for any variation from the reflected ceiling plans shown on the Drawings. No variation from the approved Shop Drawings shall be made without approval of Architect. B. Submit samples representative of all components of acoustical ceilings and of the mechanical suspension systems for approval before firm orders are placed for materials. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Acoustical board shall be guaranteed against sagging and warping for a period of two years from the date of final completion. Material which fails in this manner during the guarantee period shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner and at his convenience. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Ceiling Tile: 1. Acoustical ceiling tile shall be 24 -Inch x 48 -inch x 5/8 -inch USG Interiors, Inc. Auratone Firecode random fissured texture, off -white factory painted or equal with Fire Code Rating . 2. Thermafiber kits for tight fixture protection to be used at all Tight fixtures in the suspended ceilings. B. Grid Suspension: Grid system shall be Fire Front 250 Snap Grid system as manufactured by Chicago Metallic Corporation or equal. 09511-1 1. Main beams shall be 1-1/2 inches high, 25- gauge, galvanized steel. All beams and tees shall be bulb tee section. Cross tees shall have web ends die formed for tab lock attachment to adjoining tee through main beams to provide alignment and minimum torsional movement and lateral displacement. 2. Accessories shall be specifically designed for use with components employed and shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Hangar wires for main beams shall be No. 14- gauge, galvanized soft steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation of acoustical ceilings shall be performed by skilled workmen following the printed installation directions of the approved manufacturers and in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and reflected ceiling plans. Ceiling surface shall be level and true at proper elevation. Edge moldings and trim shall have flush hairline joints with all comers mitered. Framing shall comply with ASTM C -635. B. Hangers required to support acoustical ceilings shall be securely anchored to structural frame above. Particular attention shall be given to correct location and alignment of hangers and supports. Hangers shall be spaced not more than 4 feet on center. Provide full support for all electrical and mechanical items installed in or on the ceiling system. Provide hanger wires at each of the four comers of fixtures. 1. Verify all measurements and dimensions at the job site. Coordinate and schedule the work with the work of other trades affected by the installation with particular attention given to the mechanical and electrical trades. 2. Notification must be made of any unsatisfactory conditions or defects which are considered detrimental to the proper installation of the acoustical work. C. At ceiling perimeters and columns penetrating the ceiling, secure angle molding on vertical surfaces to support tees and ceiling boart; tees shall rest an flange of angles. Install acoustical ceiling boards in grid so that boards fit snugly in tees and on flanges and are cut to fit on top of all electrical fixture, diffusers and similar flanges. 3.02 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the work, all acoustical units shall be cleaned of soil marks; damaged units shall be replaced; suspension system shall have any abrasions touched up with matching paint; and the work shall be left in perfect condition, free from defects. END OF SECTION 09511 - 2 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Fumish and install resilient tile flooring and base in accordance with the Drawings and finish schedules as specified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit samples of the manufacturer's full line for color and pattern selection by the Architect. Before any material is delivered to the jobsite, submit three representative samples of each selected resilient flooring material, base and edging or reducer strip. Tile samples shall be full piece. Base, tread, edging or reducer strip shall be full width or height. B. Printed maintenance instructions of the manufacturer for cleaning, buffing and waxing of each resilient flooring material shall be furnished to the Owner in triplicate. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials shall be first quality, new, free from broken comers, edges or other defects. B. Tile shall be machine cut to a squareness which will afford tight, gapless joints and true alignment of Joints without voids between tiles. C. Variation in flooring color, shade or pattem when the floor or base is laid which gives the appearance of two coIors or two shades in the same area will cause rejection of the work. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Resilient tile and resilient base shall be warranted against defects in materials and installation for a period of 10 years. PART2- PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Vinyl Composition Tile: FLEXCO granite Dimensions Vinyl Tile #DN-2 Mineral Grey, self - adhesive, 12 -inch x 12 -Inch x1/8 -inch. Tile is factory finished for never wax maintenance. B. Base: .080-gauge x 4-Inch high, top set rubber coved. Provide premolded exterior comers, Burke vinyl cove base or equal. C. Edging Strips: Vinyl, 1/8 inch thick, 1-1/2 inches wide with exposed edge rounded as submitted to and approved by Architect. D. Adhesives, Primers, Patching and Leveling Compounds: As recommended by the approved base manufacturer for the various surfaces. A chemical set waterproof type adhesive shall be used for all vinyl base. E. Color and texture of all resilient materials shall be selected by the Architect from the manufacturers standard colors. 09650 -1 2.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials in the original, unopened containers and cartons of the manufacturer. Prior to their installation, resilient flooring and base shall be stored for 24 hours at a temperature of not Tess than 70 degrees Fahrenheit. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Grind subflooring flush, smooth and level after repair and before any further preparation is performed Excessively dusty or chalky concrete subfloors shall be primed or sealed with a material recommended by the resilient tile manufacturer.. B. Broom clean, thoroughly dry, and free subfloor of any dust, dirt, grease, paint or other foreign matter. C. Surfaces to receive rubber base shall be dry and free of dust, dirt, grease, paint or other foreign matter. Surfaces shall be flat and true to provide a backing which will not have waves that show through on the finished surface of the base. D. Examine surfaces designated to receive resilient materials and notify the Architect in writing of unsatisfactory conditions or defects which are considered detrimental to the proper installation of the materials. Installation of resilient materials will be construed as acceptance of the substrate. E. Coordinate and schedule the work so as not to interfere with the work of other trades. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP 3.03 INSTALLATION e. A. Install resilient materials with skilled workmen in accordance with printed installation directions of the approved manufacturer. No smoking is to be permitted in the areas where the resilient materials are being installed. B. Maintain areas scheduled to receive resilient flooring at a minimum temperature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit for at least 48 hours before, during and 48 hours after the application of floor covering. C. Install flooring so that the entire underside is securely bonded in place. Install resilient flooring with tightly butted joints, neatly fitted and scribed around floor outlets and at all vertical intersections. Provide specified edging strips where resilient flooring abuts cement finish, concrete floor or other finish at a lower or higher level. D. Install base on prepared surfaces by spreading a thin coat of special adhesive on the back of the base and placing it in the proper position and in full contact with the backing. Base shall be provided In areas designated to receive resilient flooring and elsewhere noted on the finish schedule. Joints shall be hairline butted tight and shall be fitted tight at jambs and at premolded comers. Include base for all cabinet toe spaces and similar Insets. A. Pattern: Lay tile in a straight pattern with the tile grain running parallel to the long axis of the building. 09650 -2 • 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Permit no traffic on the tile until the adhesive has set. Clean the flooring and base with a neutral cleaner or wax as recommended by the manufacturer. Cleaning flooring tile with mop dampened with mild detergent and water only —do not was resilient tile flooring. Adequately protect all resilient flooring which will be subject to traffic or which may be damaged due to subsequent construction operations with heavy nonstaining Kraft paper or other approved means. B. Make adjustments to tile and base after air conditioning has been on for 30 days. Replace broken the with new tile of same thickness and color. END OF SECTION 09650 - 3 SECTION 09682 CARPET PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Fumish and install carpet where shown on Drawings as specified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings of the proposed seam layout to include all butt joints to the Architect for approval before ordering materials. B. Affidavit by Installer. Submit an affidavit attesting that materials actually installed are the same as those certified by the manufacturer as meeting specified requirements shall be submitted in triplicate. C. Samples: Submit samples of the carpet cap and edge strip to the Architect for approval. The Architect shall approve the color. 1.03 WARRANTY A. Carpet installation shall be warranted against defects in material and installation for a period of 10 years. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Carpet shall be equal to products listed below as manufactured meeting or exceeding the specification shown for each. 1. Weave: Pattemed Loop Pile 2. Gauge: 1/10 3. Yam: Continuous Multi- Filament Polypropylene 4. Pile Height: 7/32 inch with static control 5. Ply: 4 6. Ply Total Face Weight: 27 oz. sq. yd. 7. Pill Test 8. ASTM E -84 Rating 9. Backing: 100% Polypropylene &'ACTION BAC B. Carpet Edge Strip and Cap Strip: Metal or approved vinyl. C. Adhesive: Waterproof as recommended by the manufacturer of the carpet for direct glue - down installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP 09682 - 1 A. Preparation: Install with experienced mechanics to the highest standards of the industry. The surfaces to receive carpet shall be level, thoroughly clean and dry and in condition satisfactory to the Carpet Contractor. The Carpet Subcontractor shall notify the Architect in writing of any conditions which will prevent satisfactory work. The installation of carpet shall be an indication of acceptance of the substrates. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Procedures: 1. Strike a center chalk line through the space to be covered. Position the line to allow approximately an inch of carpet to ride up the wall. 2. Unroll the carpet and make whatever cuts are necessary to have at least two widths of carpet. Allow sufficient time for carpet to relax prior to cementing in place. In smaller areas where only two widths are required, make the necessary rough cuts. 3. Align the first roll along the chalk mark. Care must be exercised so that all wrinkles are removed, thus allowing the carpet to lay smoothly on the floor. 4. Spread out the second precut width and overlap the edge to be joined uniformly 1/8 inch over the edge of the first width. 5. Fold the second width back and expose the floor. The carpet should be folded back evenly and allowed to remain reasonably flat. 6. Fold back the first width adjoining the second roll. 7. Recheck the exposed area of the floor between the folded carpets for any loose particles. 8. Spread waterproof adhesive evenly using a sweeping semicircular motion. Avoid leaving globs of cement and empty spaces. This operation should continue at a uniform rate without stoppage. The edge of the trowel shall be wiped clean occasionally to remove scrapings and impurities. 9. Pick up the edge of the first carpet and place it over the cement. Using the push broom, smooth out the carpet over the cement. 10.The edges to be joined shall be treated with seam cement. Use a plastic dispenser with a thin nozzle which can dispense a thin bead of adhesive along the edge of the carpet. Avoid using a wide bead of cement. 11.PIace the second width of carpet over the cement with the exception that prior to smoothing it out, gently push back the overlapping lip until it abuts lightly with the first width. Smooth out the carpet. 12.Repeat the procedure if more than two widths are to be installed. 13.Once the carpet is smoothed out, roll the finished width with a roller not exceeding 20 pounds. 14.Scribe the carpet along the wall and trim. 15.Exposed edges shall be protected with edging fastened securely to the floor. 16.Remove cement stains by making them soluble using eitherAmly Acetate or a solvent similar to R.R. Street Company's Pyratex and removing with clean tissues or cloths. 17.Remove air bubbles under already installed carpet with a hypoderrnic syringe. Puncture the bubble and extract the air. For relamination of the loose area, use a soluble mixture of waterproof cement. After filling the syringe half full with the previously well stirred mixture, inject it under the carpet and press the carpet down. 3.04 CLEANUP A. Remove all small scraps, containers and trash from the building immediately upon completing the carpet installation. Bundle any large scraps of carpet and deliver to the Owner. END OF SECTION 09682-2 1.02 RELATED WORK 1.04 SUBMITTALS SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Documents affecting the work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to: the Drawings; the general provisions of the Contract for Construction, which contains the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions; as well as Division -0 Documents sections and Division -1 General Requirements sections of these Specifications. A. Section 03300 - Poured -In -Place Concrete. B. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. C. Section 06400 - Architectural Woodwork: For finishing requirements for special woodwork and cabinetry. D. Section 09260 - Gypsum Wallboard Systems. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Painting materials shall be from the approved list of painting manufacturers indicated herein. No substitutions shall be permitted after award of Contract. Requests for substitution shall be submitted prior to bid opening in accordance with requirements stated in the General Conditions. B. Painting materials shall be delivered to the jobsite in factory sealed containers with content labels intact. No exceptions shall be granted. C. No exterior surface shall be painted until that surface has been inspected and approved by the Architect. Failure to adhere to this requirement may cause the Painting Subcontractor to assume complete responsibility for any unacceptable results. D. The Painting Subcontractor shall provide a sample of wall and ceiling texturing to the Architect for approval prior to general application throughout the project. E. Coatings shall meet or exceed the thickness stated in these Specifications. Periodic wet or dry testing shall be done by the Architect to check compliance. F. Thinning of painting materials shall be done strictly In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Thinning of water based latex paints to extend coverage shall not be permitted under any circumstances. A. Painting colors shall be selected by the Architect. B. The Painting Subcontractor shall notify the Architect through the General Contractor in writing of the materials intended for use. The Architect will select colors from his own color library according to the manufacturer designated. 09900 -1 After approval by the Owner, a color board and a list of finishing materials by manufacturer's name and chip number shall be provided by the Architect. Once this color board has been approved by the Architect, no substitutions shall be permitted. Paint colors of any substitute manufacturer shall match the color board sample exactly. C. Special graphics, murals or wall pattems, if applicable, shall be spelled out in the Drawings. The Painting Subcontractor shall include all costs of such work in his bid. When graphics or pattems are so indicated, the Subcontractor shall submit Shop Drawings for such graphics for approval in accordance with requirements outlined in the General Provisions. No work shall be done on such graphics or patterns without an approved Shop Drawing. 1.05 STORAGE & HANDLING A. Painting Materials: Store painting materials in a dry area with controlled temperatures between the range of 65 to 85 degrees Fahrenheit. PART 2- PRODUCT 2.01 PAINTING MATERIALS A. Approved Manufacturers: Painting materials from the following manufacturers are acceptable for use in this project: 1. Benjamin Moore & Company 2. DeVoe and Reynolds Company 3. Glidden 4. PPG 5. Sherwin Williams Company B. Sample Specifications: For simplicity, painting materials and methods used herein are based on the use of Devoe paints. Comparable materials and techniques from any approved manufacturer will be considered as long as no diminishing in quality or quantity results. In general, only one manufacturer's products will be used. 2.02 EXTERIOR SURFACES: (apply as required) Wood, Painted: First coat: Devoe all- weather primer Enamel #1102; TK 3.0 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe all weather Enamel #1XX; Third coat: Devoe all- weather Enamel #1XX. Wood, Stained: First coat: Devoe semi - transparent stain #94XX; Second coat: Devoe semi - transparent stain 94XX. Wood, Natural: First coat: Devoe Spar Vamish #5500; and TK 2.5 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe Spar Varnish #5500. Metal, Ferrous: First coat: Devoe Rust Pen Primer#13101; TK 3.0 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe all weather enamel #1XX; Third coat: Devoe all weather enamel #1XX. Metal, Galvanized: First coat: Devoe Galva Prime #13201; TK 3.0 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe all weather enamel #1XX; Third coat: Devoe all weather enamel #1XX. 09900 - 2 Masonry, Painted: First coat: Devoe Latex Filler #52901; TK 5.0 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe Latex Flat #504XX; Thins coat: Devoe Latex Flat #504XX. Plaster, Painted: First coat: Devoe Latex Filler#52901; TK 5.0 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe Latex Flat #504XX; Third coat: Devoe Latex Flat #504XX. Traffic Stripes: First coat: Devoe DE -VO-KO White #442XX. 2.03 INTERIOR SURFACES: (apply as required) Wood, Painted: First coat: Devoe Enamel Undercoat #51701; TK 3.0 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe Semi -Gloss Enamel #509XX; Third coat: Devoe Semi -Gloss Enamel #509XX. Wood, stained: First coat: Devoe Wonder Wood Stain #96XX; TK 3.0 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe Wonder Wood Sealer #4900; Third coat: Devoe Wonder Wood Satin Vamish #4800. Wood, natural: First coat: Devoe Spar Vamish #5500; and TK 2.5 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe Spar Vamish #5500. Metal, ferrous: First coat: Devoe Metal Primer #13201; TK 3.0 mils (wet): Second coat: Devoe Semi -Gloss Enamel #509XX; and Third coat: Devoe Semi- Gloss Enamel #509XX. Metal, galvanized: First coat: Devoe Galva Prime #55201; TK 3.0 mils (wet): Second coat: Devoe Semi-Gloss Enamel #509XX; and Third coat: Devoe Semi- Gloss Enamel #509XX. Gypsum Wallboard: First coat: Devoe Vinyl Latex Primer #50801; T1(4.0 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe Latex Flat #25XX; Third coat: Devoe Latex Flat #25XX. Glazed coatings (Epoxy paint) over drywall and concrete block: First coat: Devoe Vinyl Latex Primer #50801; TK 3.5 mils (wet); Second coat: Devoe Tru -glaze Acrylic Epoxy #11531; Third coat: Devoe Tru -glaze Acrylic Epoxy #11531. 2.02 TEXTURES A. Approved manufacturers: 1. US Gypsum 2. Gold Bond B. Walls: USG Texture II, low gloss ripple finish in latex emulsion or as designated by the Architect. C. Ceilings: USG Imperial QT Texture Finish, P.C. Course. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE OF PAINTING: (apply as required) A. Paint the following exterior items: 1. All exposed ferrous metal not having a prefinished color or coating. 09900 - 3 2. All exposed wood siding and trim. 3. All exposed plaster (not integrally - colored). 4. Ail gray galvanized conduit, panel boxes, gutters, downspouts and switch housings not having a finished color. 3.02 PAINTING APPLICATION A. Painting may be applied to exterior surfaces only when conditions are within the following limits: 1. Temperature: Water based paint between 50 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit and other type paint between 45 and 95 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. Humidity: 80 percent or lower. 3. Wind: Below 15 MPH. B. Recoating: Each coat must be tinted differently to insure proper coverage. Recoating time shall be as determined by the manufacturer for each type of coating used. C. Surface Preparation: Surface to be painted shall be clean, dry, sanded smooth and free of any rust, scale or loose material that will inhibit the proper coverage and holding power of paint. Fill all nail sets at entry doors and windows along balcony and covered porch; sand smooth and prime. Caulk all gaps around door and window trim. D. Final Appearance: Finished work shall be uniform in color and appearance; free from runs, sags, crazing or bloom. E. Protection of Other Work: Furnish and install drop cloths or other appropriate masking for adjacent finished materials. Paint splatters shall be cleaned immediately following application of painting materials. F. Architectural Woodwork and Cabinetry: All interior wood, frames, trim, case and cabinet work shall be back primed before installation. Tops, edges and bottoms of wood doors shall be sealed prior to installation. The insides of all drawers shall be cleaned and one coat of spar varnish, satin finish shall be spray applied. G. Touch Up Paint: The Painting Subcontractor shall leave the Owner at least one gallon of touch up paint for each color used in the job depending upon relative pot life of materials used. Paint for the Owner shall be designated and delivered during the final inspection process. The Painting Contractor at the completion of the work shall deliver to the Architect a complete list 01 811 paints and stains used showing manufacturer color and mixing numbers. 3.03 TEXTURE APPLICATION A. Wall Texture: Wall texture shall not be applied until temperatures can be maintained within the limits of 50 to 70 degrees Fahrenheit and the humidity 80 percent or lower. A sample of texture must be approved by the Architect before general texturing operations begin. Surfaces must be smooth, clean, dry and free of any foreign matter. Texture shall be applied at a uniform rate of coverage in a manner to be consistent with the sample previously approved by the Architect. Care must be taken to insure that the mixture is not diluted to limit Its adhesion. 09900 - 4 B. Ceiling Texture Application: Texture shall be spray applied at a uniform rate of coverage not to exceed eight square feet per pound. Texture finish appearance must match that of previously approved sample. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean all surfaces which have become smeared or specked through any of these operations. B. Upon completion of the work, the Painting Subcontractor shall remove all rubbish and accumulated materials not caused by other trades and shall leave the work in a clean, orderly and acceptable condition. END OF SECTION 09900 - 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install elevator as and where shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 10440 - Signage. B. Division 16 - Electrical. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation to comply with ANSI A17.1. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Dover 2. Otis 1.04 SUBMITTALS SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATOR A. Submit Shop Drawings showing all clearances required and all miscellaneous connections required by General Contractor as well as wiring diagrams for Electrical Subcontractor. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. The elevator Installer shall examine the pit and hoistway and all other conditions under which the elevator is to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the installation of the elevator until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Elevator Type: Dover - Fleetwood 21 -H, or equal. B. Power Unit: Dover, Oildraulic C. Capacity: 2100 Pounds F. Stops and Openings: Two (2), Travel 1- 2= 12' -0" G. Operation: Single car automatic. H. Voltage: AC, 60 Hertz, 3 phase. I. Clear car inside: 5 feet 8 inches Post wise (Width) X 4 feet 3 inches Front to Back (Depth). 14240 -1 J. Car Interior. DLP -1 K. Car Operating Devices: Telephone compartment with ADA phone, car position indicator, emergency light and alarm bell. L. Car Door. Single Slide - 3 feet wide X 7 feet high in plastic laminate. M. Hoistway Entrances: Single Slide 3' -0" x 7' -0" baked enamel paint. N. Door Operation: Automatic, direct current powered. O. Signals: Position indicator, illuminated operating buttons, car arrival visual signal, audible gong. P. Metal Bar Handrail on rear wall. Q. Signage: "NO SMOKING" - to be installed near elevator controls at eye level. R. Viscosity control required to provide oil temperature range of 50° to 90° PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation of elevator shall be performed by skilled workmen following the approved Shop Drawings of the equipment manufacturer. B. Upon substantial completion, the elevator supplier shall present the Owner with a three month maintenance agreement. Upon expiration of the three month agreement, provide the Owner with an option to exceed this agreement. 3.02 WORK PROVIDED BY OTHERS A. Hoistway - Hoistway shall be provided by the General Contractor. Hoistway shall be equipped with sill supports and provisions for installing the hydraulic shaft. B. Power - Power feeders shall be placed by the Electrical Subcontractor to provide a starting current of 225 amps and a sustained current load of 39 amps for the cab. Branch circuits shall be sized for 125 amps. 3.03 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the work, the elevator shall be thoroughly cleaned with all scuffs and mars to be touched up in like "new" condition. END OF SECTION 14240 - 2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL A. GENERAL 1. Electrical design and installation shall comply with the City of Round Rock, state and national electrical codes. 2. Products and materials used shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories (UP. 3. Electrical equipment shall be marked externally by means of suitable nameplates: a. Black -white -black laminated nameplates for panelboards. b. Dymo No. 158 -4 vinyl embossing tape for pull boxes and individually mounted disconnect switches. 4. The Contractor shall coordinate with other trades in order to effect timely and accurate placing of work and to bring together, in proper and correct sequence, the work of such trades. Conflicting work shall be removed and reinstalled at the Contractor's expense. 5. The Contractor shall verify circuit sizes for equipment being supplied by other disciplines before ordering equipment or installing the circuits. If conflicts occur it should be brought to the Engineer's attention before installation of any equipment. Any equipment or materials not properly installed, shall be removed and reinstalled at the Contractor's expense. 6. Owner's manuals and operational instructions shall be supplied for the facility personnel. 7. Project record documents shall be kept on the job site and submitted to the Owner as a requirement for fmal acceptance. B. ELECTRICAL UTILITIES 1. The electrical service to the site shall be underground and 208 /120V, three phase, four wire. The electric utility is TU Electric. 2. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the local utility for exact service locations and requirements and provide all materials and equipment for final connection of services to the project. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for repairing parking lot and curbs disturbed during the installation of the upgraded service conductors. 4. The portion of the service upgrade that will require a shutdown for the building shall be bid on premium time and with a 48 hour duration. 5. The telephone service is existing. 6. The Contractor shall provide empty 1/2" conduit in exterior insulated walls where telephone outlets are indicated. 7. The telephone system cable and connections will be supplied and installed by the Owner. C. GROUNDING 1. The service neutral shall be grounded only at the service entrance. The existing service grounds shall be removed after the installation of the new service equipment. 2. The grounding electrodes shall be 3/4 inch diameter by 10 foot long, copper -clad steel. 3. Below grade connections shall be exothermic welded type with nonferrous bonds, with clamps permitted above grade. 4. Green insulated equipment grounding conductors shall be installed with all feeders and branch circuits . 5. Reference standards: ANSI/UL 467 - Safety Standard for Grounding and Bonding Equipment. D. RACEWAYS 1. The minimum size conduit and fitting shall be 1/2 inch; 1/2 inch flexible metal conduit may be used in lengths not exceeding 72 inches for tap conductors supplying 16000 - 1 lighting fixtures above suspended ceilings. 2. Where larger size conduits are indicated of the plans, the larger size shall be installed. 3. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall be used throughout the project except as follows: a. Use rigid nonmetallic conduit where installed below grade. Use rigid galvanized steel elbows for underground bends and the transition from below grade to above grade. b. Use rigid galvanized steel conduit for portions of feeders installed outdoors above grade. c. Use rigid galvanized steel conduit outside the confines of the buildings. d. Connect all outdoor electrical equipment subject to vibration or movement with liquid tight flexible metal conduit, 24 inch minimum length. Where the equipment, other than motors, is located in an air conditioned space, flexible metal conduit may be used. e.Transitions. (1) Continue the heavier, more protective type conduit application not less than 4 inches into the area where lighter, less protective type conduit is permitted. (2) For below grade to above grade locations using PVC to metal conduit, make the transition from PVC to metal conduit before turning up with the elbow. 4. Fittings for EMT shall be compression type, malleable iron either cadmium plated or hot - dipped galvanized. 5. Fittings for rigid galvanized conduit shall be threaded, malleable iron, either cadmium plated or hot - dipped galvanized. 6. PVC shall be solvent weld socket type. 7. Flexible metal conduit fittings shall be two-screw, double -clamp type. 8. The Contractor shall core the exterior wall for the installation of new conduits. Existing conduits shall not be used to get circuits into the building. 9. Reference Standards: a. ANSI/UL 1 - Safety standard for Flexible Metal Conduit. b. ANSI/UL 651 - Safety Standard for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit c. ANSI/UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing. d. UL 6 - Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit. e. UL 360 - Liquid -tight Flexible Steel Conduit. E. INSULATED CONDUCTORS 1. Provide soft- drawn, annealed copper conductors with THWN/THHN insulation for general wiring. THW insulation is acceptable for grounding conductors. 2. Use No. 12 minimum wire, with No. 12 and 10 solid conductors, and No. 8 and larger stranded conductors. 3. Use No. 14 or larger stranded wire for field installed control wiring. 4. Reference Standards: ANSI /UL 83 - Thermoplastic - insulated Wires. F. BOXES 1. Provide galvanized steel boxes of sufficient size to accommodate wiring devices to be installed and appropriate for the application used. 2. Provide FS or FD cast boxes for surface mounting in outdoor areas. 3. Reference Standards: ANSI/UL 514 - Electrical Outlet Boxes and Fittings. G. WIRING DEVICES AND TIME SWITCHES 1. Provide quiet type, back and side wired switches rated 20A, 120/277V. 2. Provide back and side wired receptacles. The convenience outlets will be rated for 16000 - 2 a minimum of 20A. 3. The wiring devices shall be the color selected by the Architect with matching thermoplastic plates. 4. For interior surface mounted devices provide heavy cadmium - plated sheet steel plates. Edges of plates must be flush with edges of boxes. 5. For outdoor locations provide cast aluminum, weatherproof device plates with gasketted spring door covers. 6. Mount receptacles at 18 inches above finished floor inside the office areas unless otherwise noted. Mount switches at 48 inches above finished floor. 7. Prior to ordering receptacles. Verify plug configurations with Owner supplied or existing equipment, primarily the kitchen equipment. 8. Photocontrollers shall be Tork 2001 for direct control of exterior lights. 9. Reference Standards: a. ANSI/UL 20 - General - Use Snap Switches. b. ANSI/UL 498 - Electrical Attachment Plugs and Receptacles. H. METAL FRAMING 1. Provide channels, fittings, clamps, electrical accessories and brackets of sheet steel or malleable iron with hot dip galvanized coatings. 2. Provide threaded fasteners fabricated of carbon steel with an electroplated cadmium coating. I, PANELBOARDS 1. The main service panelboard shall be the fusible type with quick -make, quick -break switches and rejection type fuse clips. 2. Panelboards shall have buses fabricated of 98 percent IACS conductivity copper with rounded edges and silver plated contact surfaces. Provide Nema 3R enclosures for all equipment mounted outdoors. 3. Circuit breakers shall be compatible with the existing ITE equipment and have an AIC rating of 22,000 RMS Sym. Amps. 4. Doors and trim shall be of cold -rolled sheet steel. 5. Acceptable manufactures: Squared D, General Electric, Westinghouse, ITE 6. Reference Standards: a. UL 67 - Electric Panelboards. b. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers. c. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards. J. ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES 1. Enclosed safety switches shall have a voltage rating suitable for the system on which it is installed. 2. Enclosed safety switches shall be general duty, visible blade switches with insulated shields of the incoming line terminals. 3. Contacts shall be quick -make, quick - break. 4. Switches installed outdoors shall be NEMA 3R. 5. Provide rejection type fuse clips for fused switches. 6. Acceptable manufactures: Square D, General Electric, Westinghouse, ITE 7. Reference Standards: a. ANSI/UL 98 - Safety Standard for Enclosed Switches. b. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches. K. LIGHTING 1. Provide fixtures and lamps as indicated in the fixture schedule. 2. For fixtures requiring ballasts, provide both energy efficient ballast and lamps. 3. Provide all mounting brackets and trims required for the support and installation of the light fixtures. 4. Mount all exit lights in visible locations above doors. Do not mount behind columns 16000 - 3 such that visibility restricted. 5. Provide high power factor ballasts on all high intensity discharge lighting. 6. The Contractor shall offer as part of this bid, unit pricing for the following: a. Replacement of individual lamps in existing light fixtures. b. Providing and installing two lamp ballasts in existing light fixtures. c. Providing and installing four lamp ballasts in existing light fixtures. 7. Reference Standards: a. ANSI/UL 844 - Safety Standard for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts. b. NEMA LE 1 - Fluorescent Luminaires. c. UL 57 - Electric Lighting Fixtures. L. CLEANUP 1. Sub - Contractor shall be responsible for layout, cleanup and removal of all debris associated with this section. END OF SECTION 16000 — 4 WHEREAS, the City of Round Rock has duly advertised for bids for the remodeling of a building for the relocation of the Parks and Recreation Department, and WHEREAS, 2100710/) D /57 /E5 has submitted the lowest and best bid, and RESOLUTION NO. R-947 /OC WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to accept the bid of /60 aNDUSTie /65 , Now Therefore BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS That the Mayor is hereby authorized and directed to execute on behalf of the City a contract with for the remodeling of a building for the relocation of the Parks and Recreation Department, a copy of said contract being attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes. RESOLVED this 27th day of October, 1994. ATTEST: amAt oa Al_6(J %S /RBSOLUTION RS41027C E LAND, Secretary /elC/ Ii) DAM) _nousT,e /C,5 CHARLES CU City of Roun R, Mayor ock, Texas R.GILL&RSSOCIRTES TEL No.512 -255 -5445 {; 4 7 ' CON - rRUc - noN 6, ASSOCIATES INC. 22 Sep 1994 R. G111 and Aseocsatas P.C. Pox 217 91f1 -C Harite a Center Crela Round Rcdc,Texae 78080 Reference; City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Tepartrrcnt (11nLSh Olt 11u11din8 'A' and New Elevator Tower) Round Rork,To os Project No.: 2078 G4bjarr: Rid Wirhdru.pl Attention: Fay QUI There has teen an apparent mistake in as bid aiatove referenced project. kE request our hid be Withdrawn vithout preju1irc to out bid xdsity, Please notify us S.t Urrn is a problee with this request. Wpm: Oct.25,94 13:48 P.02 907 N. SYLVANIA • FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76111.2429 • (817) 838 0388 • FAX (817) 831 -7363 421 MILITARY DR1VL • CORPUS CHRISTI, TFXAS 76418 • (512) 937 -7154 Richmond Industries P.o.Box 548 Georgetown TX 7882E 869- 2675 863-4906 Fax ✓ .' ✓ L .— y l re' 210,529. CC 5,5 00 2, 332 12, 900 2. i 2.0 PA15 Dorcon Inc. P.O.B3x 314 Georgelorr.•I TX 78627 869 -7320 869 -5866 Fax , . 218,000.CC 8,000 4,000 15.300 5 I 0 PA 15 R N Evans 15925 Booth Court Leander TX 78641 258 -9320 25E-9425 Fax ..� __ — .� -- 232,350. CC 4,312 932 13, 300 104- A%-13 KCM Consnrdion & Ir.terio:, Inc. 9709 Crofford Austin TX 78724 272-4032 272 -8272 Fax ✓ . r .r — 232,000. C•C • 8,628 660.00 8,300 100 RAYS Steven E. Davis, General Contractors, Inc. 2735 Burnet Road #412 Austin TX 78758 635 -0588 832 -1181 Dax •• Architectural Habitat of Austin, Inc. 6711 Bumet Road #E53 Aistin 7x 78757 -7064 458.2190 458.2199 Fax • - , • O'Neal Construction 8711 Burnet Road #A19 Amain Tx 78758 452.8164 452 -3:97 Fax ✓ - ----- --- .22z,900.CC 8,000 4,080 11.300 1280 poi g • R. GILL & ASSOCIATES P.O.BOX 217 cv ROUND ROCK TX 7E663 -0217 ° 255 -7852 255 -5455 FAX a ° M rn cr. 0.1 y ., 0 ,NAME OF BIDDER BID ADDENDA BOND RECORD BASE BIO ALT. #1 ALT. 02 ALT. 83 CITY OF ROUND ROCK PARKS & RECREATION RELOCATION AND ELEVATOR TOWER SEPTEMBER 20, 1994 COMMENTS NB Travis constructors, Inc. • P.O,Box3000.2613 Georgetown TX 216 -9797 218 -1471 Fax ✓ ✓ 244,2 CO. GO 4,900 6,600 13,000 t 50 17A Brath 6001H35 Scu:h Ruud Rock TX 78681 244-2293 388 -2685 Fax d -, -, / / 259,000 4,100 800 12,000 `r 2.4•,' 5 0 rn 0 rn (`1 0 0 Triad Constrution 907 N. Sylvania AvenJe rt. Wolk TX 76111 -2429 ;817)936 -0388 831 -7363 Fax Jack Sasarray Builders .O.Box 162523 Austin TX 78718' 328-3701 329 -3767 Fax i 152,000.0 4,130 450 3,420 4 j t too 2tiy5 DATE: October 25, 1994 SUBJECT: City Council Meeting - October 27, 1994 ITEM: 10.C. Consider a resolution authorizing the Mayor to award the bid to the contractor for the relocation of the Parks and Recreation Department. (withdrawn 9/22/94) STAFF RESOURCE PERSON: Sharon Prete STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Approval Seven bids were opened on September 20, 1994 (see attached bid sheet). Staff and Ray Gill & Associates recommend that the bid be awarded to Richmond Industries in the amount of $210,529.00 since the low bidder asked that his bid not be considered because of a mistake. ECONOMIC IMPACT: Council set aside $100,000.00 for this project in a previous amendment. The balance, with Council approval, would be financed concurrently with the contemplated Library Project. ' IF . • - A M E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T S kW- AIA Document A101 'Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM 1987 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. 0 The 1987 Edition of AIA Document A201. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is adopted nn this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America AGREEMENT made as of the first day of November in the year of Nineteen Hundred and Ninety Four. BETWEEN the Owner: City of Round Rock (.\n oe and address) 221 E. Main Round Rock, Texas 78664 and the Contractor: 11\an+e and arlrhess/ The Project is: L\eure ecru! lorranuq The Architect is: r,\rrrrn• cart adrDecq Richmond Industries P.O. Box 548 Georgetown, Texas 78628 City of Round Rock — Parks and Recreation Relocation 605 Palm Valley Blvd. Round Rock, Texas 78664 R. Gill & Associates P.O. Box 217 Round Rock, Texas 78680 The Owner and Contractor agree as set forth below. Cup\ right 1915. 1918, 1925. 193'. 1951, 1958. 1961, 1963. 19(i, 19'4. 19 -- :)198 - b, The Amerman Institute rt \rmht- rect: 1 - 35 \en York A\enue N \C` 55 ashmgton, D 0 20006 Reproduction of the mtertal hercm rr cuhst.mu.tl quot.mun of n: pro rvuns a shout n nuen perm n•un) of the AIA s intones the copra tight laps of the Cmtcd States and «ill be 'u to legal pru•ecuuon AIA DOCUMENT A101 • 09 NEE 1 0STRSc 100 51,01 F \It',T • 19 011 - TI1 ED11 I0\ • 515 • I "0 i • a 100055 ".'.11 OF 5811011-1 Ts , ■ 9/0550\I1 \ a\ +1m(JO\ tic _■■•■ A101 -1987 1 ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Jlodifications issued after execution of this Agreement; there form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein The Contract represents the enure and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supei sedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than Jloddications, appears in Article 9. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall execute the entire Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others, or as follows. General Conditions (A201). Section 00750 (Modifications to General Conditions. Drawings Specifications Addendum 1 thourgh 4. ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement is the date from which the Contract Time of Paragraph 3.2 is measured, and shall be the date of this Agreement, as first written above, unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a nonce to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement, f it differs from the date of tins Agreement, or, g applicable_ state that the date m dl helmet/ in a mane h, in'Aced I The date will be fixed in the Notice to Proceed. Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed issued by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanics liens and other security interests. 3.2 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than Omen the calendar date or number ,fcale,rdarilar,aJ •,me date rfco cementAlsoarsei tanrem emr> for earberumsomtialComgdrm 1ur- tau, portions i f the Itbrk. f not stated elsewhere tat the Contract Urs 1IS s•, egm 120 calendar days from notice to proceed. - , subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. dtnM,t p,or r.mpte !J any. for hgautated <nonage, relating to Jadrire to camplele opt time AIA DOCUMENT A101 • 1)5, \OR•CO \TRACTOR \t,Rl.l• ?II 51 • 1551.1.1•TII MDITI() \ • AR • = 1911 ` .\1\-rnl irot 1111111TR R, 1'1< \tR 111(10111 \11 \U o1.1•' \, 'TO \ 111 _',s, A101 -1987 2 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract the Contract Sum of (5 210,529.00 Two Hundred Ten Thousand Five Hundred Twenty-Nine ty N t to ions o ns and deductions as provided in the D Con - tract Documents. 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner. tbkk +i ce the • nnnI t.attest a n edule r f such other alternates ,!nisi +!e 0111014M far caber eal! anr1 +! a date made by bra + tlrn ) amount r is subsequent and to r!c elcuruorr r./ rtettslon. on No alternates accepted. 4.3 Unit paces, if any, are as follows: 4.3.1 Add $4.00 per linear foot for piers greater in depth than specified. 4.3.2 Add $7.00 per linear foot if casing of pier required. 515 DOCUMENT 5101 • t A 0 \MR( O',1R.CTt 1R.50/10/ VI-CT • I'I. I I I I I [ I DITIO\ • 5/5' • _ I98 "`.l! I t l t l 1 t∎10R/ Ili 114 TS 1 - / 02 ltllih 551\! 1 \U 02 nIil \t,1t)\! 1 A101 -1987 3 ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment Issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as k ltcru s: Pay request shall be delivered to the Architect 10 days prior to the second Thursday of each month. Council meeting for approval of payment is the second Thursday of each month. Payment shall be made within 7 days of Council approval. 5.3 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the NA day of a month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the day of the month If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall he made by the Owner not later than days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. 5.4 Each Application for Pa) ment shall be based upon the schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the enure Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and he prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the .Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 5.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 5.6 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: 5.6.1. Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values, less retainage of ten percent ( 10 %). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in the dispute may be included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.7 of the General Conditions even though the Contract Sum has not y et been adjusted by Change Order: 5.6.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage of 10 percent ( 10 %), 5.6.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and 5.6.4 Subtract amounts. if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Para- graph 9.5 of the General Conditions. 5.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Paragraph 5.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances. 5.7.1 Add. upon Substantial Completion of the Rork, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to ninety —five percent ( 95 %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work and unsettled claims; and 5.7.2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10 3 of the General Conditions. 5.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall he as follows: NA (9 ,r , '.;o1,1, , rrf „ 1,= , r , mit , , ,, =p r , s==,1=, tm. rmiota, me,i s,,: sc+ nirep x,n fo r: AIA DOCUMENT A101 • (1\T NER C ONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TV ELETII EDITION • AIAa • t 198' I IIF Stit R7( \\ I \NTITI TF (1F 581 IIITFCTS I - ii \E \\ 1 ORE 4\ FNL"E V U . WASHINGTON D 0 20006 A101 -1987 4 ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment. constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum. shall he made by the Owner to the Contractor when (1) the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2 2 of the General Conditions and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; and (2) a final Certificate for Payment ha, been issued by the Architect; such final payment shall he made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment. or as follosos. Reduction in retainage at Substantial Completion and Final Payment will require Consent of Surety. 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of the General Conditions or another Contract Document, the ref- erence refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. //mot tae of rater st agreed upon y any ) NA ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS (awn•!a egorrcmc muter th ,,, s cou w r o fine v ancr. and eumra vor'sprn,rrpalprace,ljbttsonsa, the localirm,J „ t fing, ev mil eheu herennn affect me ralnhn'rjmu p,ou,run fegaladn :',hosld Ile,Ml nru•d ,rh respev t dcre n, ,uml J,crtao,n aid ec ho regrad ,ega,re,ac„s „nh n, i t r mea dncronoes o, 1155 v, , 7.3 Other provisions: - ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8.1 The Contract may be terminated by the O\\ ner or the Contractor as provided in Article 11 of the General Condition, 8.2 The \ \'ork may be suspended by the Oo ncr ,n provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions AIA DOCUMENT 5101 • D \ \' \rR 108 111RI•FMF \T • T \\ FIFTH FDITIO\ • ALA= • = 19R' r0F , tlr55 1\ I \011Ti 11 01 05( 111114 1 \ I - 10 \I A 11157 \\ r \I I \ U p aoH; \rr icl\ f)1 2 5x2, A101 -1987 7 ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows. 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, AIA Document A101, 1987 Edition. 9.1.2 The General Conditions are the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, 1987 Edition. 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated August 31, 1994 , and are as follows. Document Title Pages Specifications 00750 — Conditions of the Contract 1 - 7 9.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Subparagraph 9 1.3, and are as follows. (Haber tut the Spec,Junaonr here or refer to an etbtbtt attached to tbc. Agreement ) Section Title Pages See attached Table of Contents marked Exhibit 'A'. AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIA • ©198 THE AMERICAN I \STITE TE OF ARCHITECTS, 1 - 35 NEW YORK AVENUE N W. WASHINGTON, D C 2(100( "s••Se RneO roves "._.nrnt "t•+s ^sS •s _us _c . ^.1 ••^^ A101 -1987 6 9.1.5 The Drawings are as foli s, and are dated ti tau, n.r the than mg, here „I /Vie/ n. Ior r\,nnrr attached n, uu. .IV' ermp,rr , Number Title See attached section 00850 - Index of Drawings marked Exhibit 'B'. See attached addendums marked Exhibit 'C' - Addendum #1 Exhibit 'D' - Addendum #2 Exhibit 'E' - Addendum #3 Exhibit 'F' - Addendum #4 AIA DOCUMENT *101 • ()%\ %is iroltu 101i \E.1211 \II \I • 05 I11111 FI)III0\ • 515' • =518 ,Hi. 55' tll .0. I\,Ii1l 11 1! km t 111F1 l' \I`\ I()NA\t I\I 1 \•\ :\ \�f v�r� +♦t)\ _�ivn+ unless a different date 1, slum 11 helm: Date 9.1.6 '1 he addenda. If .m\ ate .1. lollop, Number Date Pages Pul nom u1 Addenda ratting 10 bidding rcquu einenn are not part Eli the ( Document unlc" the bxldmg Ic(Iun men!. ate ako enumerated in dos \rticle ) A101.1987 7 9.1.7 Other documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: None (List here arty adduaonal dscsments which are attended to form part of the Contract Documents, The General Condalon s pmeide that Inddrng regttrrements such s mil erosement or nu rtaaon ro brd, tnstrucuons (0 Bidden, sample forms and the Contractor's but are not part of the Contract Documents unless enumerated h , ti u Agreement Tbev Armlet be listen here only if offended to be prat of the Contract Documents ) This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three original copies of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the Architect for use in the administration of the Contract, and the remainder to the Owner. Charles Culpepper, Mayor (Pruffed lane and tale) Steve Richmond, Owner (Poured nacre mid title) AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER - CONTRACTOR 'GREEUENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIA° • x.1987 THE AStFRI('ANI.7STITCTE Or ARCHITECTS. I 'AA NE\\ YORK A\'tNI'ITN'b WASHINGTON D( 1111X15 , p ^•��•! " -l-otccccwno victates 0 S. roctr.cht taws and is sublect to fecal crosecut'cn inouf\ 1( 44/ 1 ' A101 -1987 8 DIV. 0 DOCUMENTS 00001 00002 00005 00020 00100 00300 00430 00500 00600 00750 00850 02011 02070 02110 02222 02223 02371 02452 02485 02513 02585 Cover Page Project Directory Table Of Contents Invitation To Bid Instructions To Bidder Bid Form List Of Subcontractors Form Of Agreement Bonds Conditions of the Contract Drawings Index DIV. 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 Scope of Work 01010 General Requirements 01026 Unit Prices 01030 Altemates 01060 Contractor Requirements 01300 Submittals 01410 Testing Lab Services 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01580 Project Identification & Signs 01620 Delivery and Storage 01700 Contract Closeout 01710 Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents 01740 Warranties DIV. 2 SITE WORK Subsurface Investigation Selective Demolition Site Clearing Excavation Backfilling Cast in Place Concrete Piles Site Signage Lawns and Grass Asphalt Concrete Paving Concrete Walks DIV. 3 CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03346 Concrete Floor Finishing DIV.4 MASONRY 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04340 Reinforced Unit Masonry SECTION 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 - 1 DIV. 5 METALS 05120 05313 05500 05520 Structural Steel Steel Floor Deck Metal Fabrications Handrails and Railings DIV. 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS 06112 06114 06200 06410 DIV. 7 07164 07210 07412 07620 07631 07920 Framing & Sheathing Wood Blocking & Curbing Finish Carpentry Cabinet Work THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Bituminous Dampproofing Building Insulation Preformed Metal Roofing Flashing and Sheet Metal Gutters and Downspouts Sealants & Caulking DIV. 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08111 08112 08211 08212 08330 08710 08730 08740 Steel Doors Standard Steel Frames Flush Wood Doors Standard Wood Frames Overhead Coiling Doors Finish Hardware Weatherstripping and Seals Thresholds DIV. 9 FINISHES 09110 Metal Stud System 09220 Portland Cement Plaster 09260 Gypsum Wallboard and Framing System 09511 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring 09682 Carpet 09900 Painting DIV. 10 SPECIALTIES Not Used DIV. 11 EQUIPMENT Not Used DIV. 12 FURNISHINGS DIV. 15 MECHANICAL & PLUMBING Not Used Not Used DIV. 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION DIV. 16 ELECTRICAL Not Used Electrical DIV. 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14240 Hydraulic Passenger Elevators 00005 - 2 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS General Notes; Vicinity Map; Legal Description; Project Information 1.0 Architectural Site Plan (1/8") 2.0 Floor Plans (1/8 ") 3.0 Exterior Elevations (1/8") 4.0 Building Sections 4.1 Details 4.2 Details 5.0 Reflected Ceiling Plans (1/8 ") STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS S -1 Foundation Plan and Details S -2 Second Floor Framing Plan and Details S -3 Roof Framing Plan MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M -1 Mechanical Duct Layout ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E -1 Legends, Schedules and One Line E -2 Lighting Plans E -3 Power Plans E -4 Power Site Plan SECTION 00850 DRAWINGS INDEX END OF SECTION 00850 - 1 SECTION 00901 ADDENDUM NO. 1 To all general contract bidders of record on the Work titled: City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department Finish Out Building 'A' and New Elevator Tower 6./-h /sir l the proposed Contract Documents are modified as follows. 1. SPECIFICATIONS A. Sections 00020 - Invitation to Bid: Pre -Bid Conference has been changed to Wednesday, September 7, 1994 at 10:00 a.m., Second Floor of Building W. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 00901 -1 To all general contract bidders of record for the Work titled: City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Relocation the proposed Contract Documents are modified as follows: 1. DRAWINGS A. Sheet A1.0 B. Sheet A2.0 SECTION 00902 ADDENDUM #2 00902 -1 i- r ( 1. Add drawing 2 ROOF PLAN and "NOTE: METAL ROOF, GUTTERS & DOWNSPOUTS TO MATCH MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF ADJACENT BUILDINGS." 2. Call -out "1 -1/2' HANDRAIL @ 33" CENTERLINE ABOVE RAMP." to ramp between Elevator Machine Room and new trench drain. 3. Add post- mounted Handicapped Accessible Signage to Handicapped Accessible parking spaces East of Building 'A' (previously detailed on same sheet, but not referenced). 4. Add note "REPAIR SUPPING STANDING SEAMS AND EDGE FLASHING ON EXISTING ROOF ON BUILDING 'A'." 1. Repair building leak that is manifest in damaged ceilings tiles in STORAGE room on South wall of Building 'A' Second Floor (see 2/A2.0). 2. Texture finish on all new gypsum board surfaces shall be "low- texture orange -peel" (see CEILINGS / SOFFIT FINISH SCHEDULE & WALL TYPE / FINISH SCHEDULE on sheet A1.0). 3. Add note "REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. REPLACE W/ 2 x 4 STUDS 16" O.C. MATCH ADJACENT WOOD SIDING EXTERIOR; GYP. BD. FINISH INTERIOR (09260)." to windows in the room on First Floor and the large open room on Second Floor of Building 'A' which were previously indicated but not noted (see 1 /A2.0 & 2/A2.0). 4. Add general note INTERIOR DOOR HEADS AND JAMBS, AND WINDOW HEADS, JAMBS, AND SILLS IN UNFINISHED SPACES TO BE GYPSUM BOARD FINISH WITH TEXTURE AND PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD (SEE FINISHED SPACE AT SECOND FLOOR OF BUILDING 'A')." 5. Modify note to read "7. EXISTING (REPLACE MISSING LIGHT FIXTURE DIFFUSERS AND ALL STAINED OR DAMAGED ACOUSTIC PANELS TO MATCH ADJACENT)." (See CEILINGS / SOFFIT FINISH SCHEDULE on sheet A2.0). 6. Modify wall at East end of Elevator landing at Second Floor to be "EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER ON BOTH SIDES OF FRAME INFILL (STUDS @ 16" O.C.) & WRAP PLASTER AROUND TUBE COLUMN." (Note: Wall was previously shown as C.M.U. See 2/A2.0) C. Sheet A3.0 1 Add note "REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW. REPLACE W/ 2 x 4 STUDS @ 16" O.C. MATCH ADJACENT WOOD SIDING EXTERIOR; GYP. BD. FINISH @ INTERIOR (09260)." to windows in the room on First Floor and the large open room on Second Floor of Building 'A' which were previously indicated but not noted (see 2/A3.0 & 3/A3.0). 2. Add gutters & downspouts to match materials and installation of adjacent buildings (see 2/A3.0, 3/A3.0 & 4/A3.0). 3. Add "1 -1/2' HANDRAIL @ 33" CENTERLINE ABOVE RAMP :' to ramp between Elevator Machine Room and new Trench Drain (see 3/A3.0 & 4/A3.0). 4. Add plaster control joints above door in Elevator tower and Elevator Machine Room (see 3/A3.0). 5. Relocate detail bubble for construction joint at bridge (see 1/A3.0). 6. Modify East end of Elevator landing at First Floor to be "OPEN" (Note: Wall was previously noted as PLASTER ON C.M.U.) Modify wall at East end of Elevator landing at Second Floor to be "EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER ON BOTH SIDES OF FRAME INFILL (STUDS @ 16" O.C.) & WRAP PLASTER AROUND TUBE COLUMN" (Note: Wall was previously noted as PLASTER ON C.M.U.) D. Sheet A5.0 1. Replace damaged soffit above Main Entry at First Floor of Building 'A' to match adjacent exterior plywood sheathing (see 1/A5.0). 2. Relocate (lower) the two exterior lights at new roof over main entry to Building 'A' at Second Floor (see 2/A5.0). E. Sheet E -1 1. One Line Diagram - Provide NEMA 3R enclosure for new Main Distribution panel MDP. 2. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE, Type FA - Provide fixture suitable for mounting in fire rated ceiling. 3. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. Type FC - Change fixture type to LITHONIA, 2GT 340 Al2 120 ES FR. This is a three lamp. 2x4' recess mounted fluorescent light fixture suitable for mounting in a fire rated ceiling and wired for dual switching. 00902 8. First Floor Power Plan, Service Entrance Panels - The panelboard construction is ITE CDP -7. H. Sheets 81, S2 & S3 1. Replace with the attached Sheets S1 Rev. 1, S2 Rev 1 & S3 Rev 1. 2. SPECIFICATIONS (Note: Text that has been lined through (Example) represents old language that has been deleted. Text that has been underlined (Example) represents new language that has been added. A. SECTION 00300 BID FOR A LUMP SUM CONTRACT Modify the following to read: 2. The undersigned proposes the following Unit Prices (Item No. corresponds to item numbers on which unit prices are required in Section 01026 - Unit Prices Item No. 1 Cast -In -Place Concrete Piers: Unit price per foot of drilled excavation and installed 18T diameter pier. DOLLARS ($ ). Item No. 2 Cast -In -Place Concrete Piers: Unit price per each casing required and installed on an 18" diameter pier. End of modification to this section. elevator recall. Circuit smoke detectors to circuit 2LA -26. Provide handle lock on breaker. DOLLARS (S 1 B. SECTION 00430 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS Modify this document to indicate that the General Contractor is not required to be licensed and only the Electrical Subcontractor and the Plumbing Subcontractor are required to be licensed. C. SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Modify the following to read: 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. During progress of work, the Owner will require inspection on excavation for cast -in -place concrete piles and on structural welding performed at the site and may require testing to be performed to determine that materials provided meet specified requirements; such testing includes but is not necessarily limited to soil compaction, and normal weight concrete„ 1.02 RELATED WORK (Not Ucod) 00902 -4 A. Section 02221 - Excavation. End of modified sequence...additionally, modify the following: 2.02 PAYMENT FOR TESTING SERVICES A A testing and inspection allowance of S1500.00 will be provided for inspection on excavation for cast -in -place concrete piles and on structural welding performed at the site. and other testing required by the Owner. This allowance shall cover all laboratory services. inspection fees. labor and materials, and the Contractor's profit and overhead End of modification to this section. D. Replace Section 02299 with the attached Section 02222. End of modification to this section. E. Include attached Section 09201 - Furring and Lathing as part of the Secifications. F SECTION 08330 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Modify the following to read: 1.02 SUMMARY C. Provide complete operating door assemblies including door curtains, guides, brackets, barrel, hood, counterbalance mechanism, hardware, motonzed operators, and installation accessories. End of modified sequence...additionally, add the following: 2.02 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION D. Curtain hood shall be rectangular type formed from .040 inch (1mm) thick aluminum (silver anodized finish) or 18 gage (.0478 Inch) minimum sheet metal (shop - primed, field spot - primed, two coats of matte enamel to match adjacent wall color) with rolled edges to provide structural rigidity. Provide intermediate hood support brackets. E. Motor and gear hood shall be rectangular type formed from 040 inch (1mm) thick aluminum (silver anodized finish) or 18 gage (.0478 inch) minimum sheet metal (shop - primed, field spot -primed two coats of matte enamel to match adiacent wall color) with rolled edges to provide structural rigidity. End of modification to this section. END OF ADDENDUM #2 00902 -5 Project: City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Office Program Finish -out for Building 'A' and New Elevator Tower & Bridge Project Address: 605 Palm Valley Blvd. (Highway 79) Round Rock TX 78681 Owner: City of Round Rock Address: 221 E. Main Street Round Rock TX 78684 Architect: Bidder: by: Street Address: City: Telephone: Fax: SECTION 00300 BID FOR A LUMP SUM CONTRACT R. Gill & Associates 910 -C Heritage Center Circle P.O. Box 217 Round Rock TX 78680 Telephone: (512) 255 -7852 Fax: (512) 255 -5445 SUBCONTRACTORS: The Bidder has solicited bidding information from, entered into contract negotiations with, and if awarded the Contract for Construction, intends to employ the Subcontractors listed in Section 00430 and attached to this Bid form. Addenda: Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: 1. Having carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, applicable Addenda and the site of the proposed Work, and being familiar with all of the conditions involving construction of the proposed Work, the Bidder hereby proposes to fumish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation services, licenses, fees, permits and insurance necessary to construct the Project as described in the Contract Documents within the Time of Construction stated below, and for the Lump Sum price shown below which includes profit and overhead. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION: The Bidder agrees to provide Substantial Completion of the :war* within: DOLLARS (5 ). Calendar Days ( )• BASE BID: The Bidder agrees to perform all of the work described in the Contract Documents as amended by the listed addenda for the Lump Sum of: 00300 - 1 2. The undersigned proposes the following Unit Prices (Item No. corresponds to item numbers on which unit prices are required in Section 01026 - Unit Prices Item No. 1 Cast -In -Place Concrete Piers: Unit price per foot of drilled excavation and installed 18i diameter pier. DOLLARS (5 ). Item No. 2 Cast -In -Place Concrete Piers' Unit price per each casing required and installed on an 18" diameter pier. DOLLARS 3. Should the Owner decide to proceed with the portion of the Work identified as "AltematetNotl," no change in Construction Time is requested. but add to the Base Bid amount stated above the sum of DOLLARS ($ ). 4. Should the Owner decide to proceed with the portion of the Work identified as "AltematetNot2," no change in Construction Time is requested, but add to the Base Bid amount stated above the sum of DOLLARS (5 ). 5. The undersigned understands and agrees to comply with and be bound by Instructions To Bidders issued for this Work. The Bidder acknowledges that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formalities in the bidding process. The Bidder agrees that the Lump Sum for construction work as well as applicable alternates and unit prices shall be valid for a period of 45 days following bid opening and may not be withdrawn without becoming subject to the forfeiture penalty noted below. The Bidder acknowledges the requirement to provide Surety Bond as required by the Contract Documents. The Bidder has enclosed bid security in the amount not less than 5 percent of the Lump Sum amount which shall become property of the Owner as liquidated damages in the event that the Bidder fails to enter into contract within 10 days after notification of award by the Owner, or fails to deliver applicable Surety Bonds as required by terms of Contract Documents. BIDDER: ( ) ( ) ( ) by ( ) ( CORPORATE SEAL ) Address ( ) ( ) ( ) Corporation is organized under laws of the State of Bid dated this day of 19 END OF SECTION 00300 - 2 SECTION 00430 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS TO: City of Round Rock, Parks & Recreation Department hereinafter called "Owner" 1. Pursuant to bidding requirements for the Work titled: (Electrical) (Plumbing) Building 'A' and Elevator Building 609 Palm Valley Blvd. (Hwy. 79) Round Rock, Texas 78664 The Ilseased General Contractor bidder proposes to the Owner to use the following Subcontractors licensed in the State of Texas to perform the Work. Any change in the status of this Subcontractors list will be delivered to the Architect in writing within 3 calendar days. The Owner reserves the nght to disqualify the General Contractor's choice of any Subcontractor. Liconco Trade Subcontractor Ai abet (name of business) (license number) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (name of business) (license number) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (Signature of licensed General Contractor bidder) (Construction Company) (Liccnco Numbor) 00430 - 1 (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (Signature of licensed General Contractor bidder) (Construction Company) (gsense- W 00430 - 2 (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (name of business) (street address of business) (city of business) (telephone number) (Signature of licensed General Contractor bidder) (Construction Company) END OF SECTION 00430 - 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. During progress of work, the Owner will require inspection on excavation for cast -in -place concrete piles and on structural welding performed at the site, and may require testing to be performed to determine that materials provided meet specified requirements; such testing includes but is not necessarily limited to soil compaction, and normal weight concrete„ . 1.02 RELATED WORK (Not Ucod) A. Section 02221 - Excavation. B. Section 05120 - Structural Steel. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of testing laboratory: The laboratory will be qualified in accordance with ASTM E- 329 -70 "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel Used in Construction ". B. Selection: The Testing and Laboratory shall be as recommended by the Architect and approved by the Owner. 1.04 HANDLING A. Promptly process and distribute test reports and related instructions to assure least possible delay in work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING SERVICES A. Inspection and tests required by codes, ordinances, plan approval authority, or building inspector in the field, shall be the responsibility of and shall be paid for, by the Contractor. 2.02 PAYMENT FOR TESTING SERVICES A. A testing and inspection allowance of 51500.00 will be provided for inspection on excavation for cast -in -place concrete piles and on structural welding performed at the site. and other testing required by the Owner. This allowance shall cover all laboratory services inspection fees. labor and materials, and the Contractors profit and overhead. BA. When tests indicate noncompliance with Contract Documents, retesting shall be performed by the same laboratory and cost shall be paid by the General Contractor. CB. Inspection or testing performed exclusively for the Contractors convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 01410 - 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY A. Representatives of testing laboratory shall have access to work at all times; provide facilities for such access in order that laboratory may properly perform its functions. 3.02 SCHEDULES FOR TESTING A. Establishing Schedule: The time required to perform tests and issue findings should be determined by the Testing Laboratory. The Contractoris schedule must accomodate testing time necessary. B. Adherence to Schedule: When the Testing Laboratory is prevented from testing or taking specimens according to the determined schedule due to incompleteness of work, extra costs attributable to delay shall be paid by the General Contractor. 3.03 REPORTS A. Testing Laboratory shall submit one copy of report to the following: 1. Owner or designated representative 2. Architect 3. Appropriate consultant 4. General Contractor END OF SECTION 01410 - PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 02222 EXCAVATION 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Building excavation. B. Site excavation C. Shoring excavation 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01010 - Basic Requirements: Inspection of bearing surfaces. B. Section 02223 - Backfilling. 1.03 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, rock outcropping and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from equipment and vehicular traffic. C. Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent cave -in or loose soil from falling into excavation. E. Excavations greater than 5'0" deep shall be designed by an Engineer registered in the State of Texas and meet all requirement of state and federal statutes for trench safety. _ • F. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service utilities and pipe chases. G. Notify Architect /Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected work in area until notified to resume work. H. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. I. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water run -off into excavation. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for retention systems under provisions of Section 01300 and prepared under the direction of an Engineer registered in the State of Texas. No excavations deeper than 5' -0" will be permitted prior to approval of the retention system draw- ings. 02222.1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Subsoil' Excavated material, graded free of lumps larger than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, and debris. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum. B. Identify known underground utilities. Stake and flag locations. C. Identify and flag surface and aerial utilities. D. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. E. Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining which pass through work area. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavation shall not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation. B. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. C. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock. D. Correct unauthorized excavation at no cost to Owner. E. Fill over - excavated areas under structure bearing surfaces by filling with concrete in accordance with direction by Architect /Engineer. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide for visual inspection of bearing surfaces under provisions of 01400. B. Provide for visual inspection of bearing surfaces. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect excavations by methods required to prevent cave -in or loose soil from falling into excavation. B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation, from freezing. END OF SECTION 02222 -2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 08330 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Extent of overhead coiling doors is shown on Drawings. B. Types of overhead coiling doors include the following: 1. Overhead counter doors. C. Provide complete operating door assemblies including door curtains, guides, brackets. barrel, hood, counterbalance mechanism, hardware, motorized operators, and installation accessories. D. Electrical connections for powered operators and accessories are specified in Division 16. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, roughing -in diagrams, and installation instructions for each type and size of overhead coiling door. Provide operating instructions and maintenance information, and electrical rough -in instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings for special components and installations which are not fully dimensioned or detailed on manufacturers data sheets. 1.04. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fumish overhead coiling door as a complete unit produced by one manufacturer. including hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components. B. Insert and Anchorages: Fumish anchoring devices for installation of units. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements. manufacturers offenng products which may be incorporated in the work include. but are not limited to, the following: 1. Alpine Overhead Doors, Inc. 2. Apton Door, Div. of the Union Corp. 3. Atlas Door Corp. 08330 - 1 4. The Cookson Co. 5. Cornell Iron Works Inc. 6. Dynamic Closures Corp. 7. Kinnear Div., Harsco Corp. 8. Mahon Rolling Door Div., RCM Corp. 9. North American Rolling Door, Inc. 10. Overhead Door Corp. 11. Pacific Rolling Door Co. 12. Raynor Manufacturing Co. 13. Southwestern Steel Rolling Door Co. 14. G. Wilson Corp. 15. Windsor Door Div., The Ceco Corp. 2.02 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Door Curtain: Fabricate overhead coiling door curtain of interlocking slats designed to withstand required wind loading, of continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated, provide slats of material gage recommended by door manufacturer for size and type of door required, and as follows: 1. Aluminum Door Curtain Slats: Furnish with standard mill finish. a. Furnish manufacturer's standard "flat- face" slats. B. Bottom Bar. Consisting of aluminum extrusions. C. Alluminum extrusion bolting into adjustable slots in mounting angle.Secure continuous wall angle to wall framing by 3/8" minimum bolts at not more than 30" o.c., unless closer spacing recommended by door manufacturer. Extend . wall angles above door opening head to support coil brackets, unless otherwise indicated. Place anchor bolts on exterior wall guides so they are concealed when door is in closed position. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent over - travel of curtain, and continuous bar for holding windlocks. D. Curtain hood shall be rectangular type formed from .040 inch (1mm) thick aluminum (silver anodized finish) or 18 gage (.0478 inch) minimum sheet metal (shop - primed, field spot - primed. two coats of matte enamel to match adjacent wall color) with rolled edges to provide structural rigidity. Provide intermediate hood support brackets. E. Motor and gear hood shall be rectangular type formed from .040 inch (1mm) thick aluminum (silver anodized finish) or 18 gage (.0478 inch) minimum sheet metal (shop - primed, field spot -primed two coats of matte enamel to match adiacent wall color) with rolled edges to provide structural rigidity. 2.03 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS A. General: Fumish electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer, complete with electric motor and factory- prewired motor controls, gear reduction unit, solenoid operated brake, remote control stations, control devices, conduit and wiring from controls to motor and central stations, and accessories required for proper operation. B. Provide hand - operated disconnect . Mount disconnect so it is accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating if an emergency operator is engaged. 08330 - 2 C. Design operator so that motor may be removed without disturbing limit- switch adjustment and without affecting emergency auxiliary operator. D. Door Operator Type: Provide wall or bracket - mounted door operator units consisting of electric motor, worrn gear drive from motor to reduction gear box, chain or worrn gear drive from reduction box to gear wheel mounted on counterbalance shaft, and a disconnect- release for manual operation. Provide motor and drive assembly of horsepower and design as determined by door manufacturer for size of door required. E. Electric Motors: Provide high - starting torque, reversible, constant duty, Class A insulated electric motors with overload protection, sized to move door in either direction, from any position, at not less than 2/3' nor more than 1' per second. 1. Coordinate wiring requirements and current characteristics of motors with building electrical system. 2. Furnish open - drip -proof type motor and controller with NEMA Type 1 enclosure. F. Remote Control Station: Provide momentary- contact, 3 -button control station with push -button controls labeled "open ", "close" and "stop ". G. Automatic Reversing Control: Fumish each door with automatic safety switch, extending full width of door bottom, and located within neoprene or rubber astragal mounted to bottom door rail. Contact with switch before fully closing will immediately stop downward travel and reverse direction to fully opened position. Connect to control circuit through retracting safety cord and reel, or self - coiling cable. 1. Provide electrically actuated automatic bottom bar. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install door and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head mold strips, anchors, inserts. hangers, and equipment supports in accordance with final Shop Drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and as specified herein. B. Upon completion of installation including work by other trades, lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion and fitting weathertight for entire perimeter. END OF SECTION 08330 - 3 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS 1.06 SUBMITTALS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS SECTION 09201 FURRING AND LATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide furring and lathing for plaster surfaces as shown on Drawings and flnish schedules. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09260 - Gypsum Wallboard Systems B. Section 09220 - Portland Cement Plaster. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Guarantee all lathing and furring work for two years from completion and acceptance of the work against defects. The guarantee shall bind the Contractor to repair or replace defective work at his own expense including other work affected by these repairs within the guarantee period. B. Allowable tolerances for finished flat surfaces shall not exceed 1/4 inch in 8 feet for bow, warp, plumb or level. C. Compliances: ANSI A -42.3. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials in sealed containers, bags or bundles fully identified with the manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade. Store materials in a dry, well ventilated space under cover and off the ground. A. Examine surfaces which are to receive plaster, grounds and other accessories which act as grounds or screeds. Notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Venfy proposed location of control joints with the Architect. A. Provide samples of vent screeds and control joints to the Architect for approval prior to installation. A. Channels: 16 -gauge steel, black asphaltum painted, 3/4 inch - 300 pounds per thousand lineal feet, 1 -1/2 inches - 475 pounds per thousand lineal feet. B. Lath: 1. Typically galvanized 3/8 inch self - furring, 3.4 pounds per square yard for plastering over solid backing, i.e. sheathing, masonry and concrete. 09201 - 1 C. Metal Accessories: 1. One Piece Control Joints: No. 50, 28 gauge. 2. Casing Beads: No. 66 square edge, expanded flange. 3. Access Panels: Style K, sized as shown on Drawings. 4. Comer Bead: No. 1, 26 -gauge galvanized iron. 5. Vent Screed: Extruded aluminum, vented channel screed. 6. Drip Screed: Aluminum at intersection of fascia and soffit in lieu of vent screed. 7. Hangers: No. 8, galvanized. 8. Tie wire: No. 16 and 18 pound gauge, soft annealed galvanized. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LATHING AND FURRING A. Suspended Soffits: 1. At all suspended plaster ceilings, suspend hanger wires as specified from concrete or steel construction above. Use sufficient lengths to permit embedment in concrete construction and to permit three twist tie to runner channels. 2. Space hanger wires maximum 4 feet o.c. each way and closer as required by job conditions. 3. Space runner channels 4 feet o.c. and closer as required by construction conditions. Secure channels to hanger wires as described above. 4. Install furring channels perpendicular to direction of runner channels. Space 12 inches o.c., saddle -tie to runner channels with wire as described above. 5. Install metal lath with long dimension of lath perpendicular to furring channels. Tie to channels not more than 6 inches o.c. Tie lath once between channels and lap 1 inch at edges. Erect lath so that plaster surfaces are obtained without excessive thickness. B. Plastering Accessories Installation: 1. Anchor each flange of accessories at 8 -inch. centers to plaster base using anchorage devices appropriate for the materials involved. 2. Miter or cope accessory comers and install with tight joints accurately aligned. Set accessories plumb, level and true to line within a tolerance of +1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3. Install corner beads at all extemal corners. 4. Install casings at termination of plaster work except where termination is concealed by lapping work and except where special screeds, bases or frames act as casing beads. 5. Set casings 1/4 inch from abutting frames and other work. If plaster wraps a column on three sides, set casings 1/2 inch from column finish. 6. Where plaster abuts masonry or concrete, set casings 1/4 inch from abutting materials. 7. Install one piece control joints at locations where shown on the Drawings. Install control joints so that plaster panels will not exceed 144 square feet with no dimension greater than 18 feet in length or a length to width ratio of 2 -1/2 to 1. Insure lath breaks completely at control joints. 8. Install access panels where shown on the Drawings. Coordinate with Mechanical Subcontractor to insure free access to ceiling area. 3.02 CLEANING A. During Progress of Work: Remove rubbish and debris as the work progresses; leave spaces broom clean. 8. At Completion of Work: Remove from the premises all rubbish and debris resulting from work. END OF SECTION 09201 - 2 SECTION 00903 ADDENDUM #3 To all general contract bidders of record for the Work titled: City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Relocation the proposed Contract Documents are modified as follows: 1. Delete the previously issued Section 00300 - BID FOR A LUMP SUM CONTRACT and substitute Section 00303 - BID CONTRACT (attached). 2. Delete previously issued Section 00430 - SUBCONTRACTORS in its entirety. END OF SECTION 00903 - .CXhf /f i 7 I i I City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Relocation R. Gill & Associates Office Program Finish -out for Building 'A' and ARCHITECTS Elevator Tower & Bridge P.O. Box 217 605 Palm Valley Blvd., (Highway 79) Round Rock, Texas 78680 Round Rock, Texas 78664 Proposal of (Herein after called "Bidder', *a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas: *a partnership or *an individual doing business as To: Sir: SECTION 00303 BID FOR A STIPULATED SUM CONTRACT DATE: September 15, 1994 The undersigned, in compliance with your invitation to bid for construction work on the City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department Relocation, Round Rock, Texas; having examined the Drawings and Specifications with related documents and the site of the proposed Work, and being familiar with all conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed Work, hereby proposes to fumish all labor, material, equipment and supplies and to construct the project in accordance with the Contract Documents, within the time set forth herein, and at the price set forth below. These prices are to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the Contract Documents of which this proposal is a part. Bidder hereby agrees to provide Substantial Completion of the Work within calendar days following the date specified in a written "Notice to Proceed". He further agrees to fully complete the Work thirty (30) calendar days after Substantial Completion of the Work. Bidder acknowledges the receipt of the following Addenda: "Insert corporation, partnership, or individual as applicable. 00303 - BASE BID - Bidder agrees to perform all of the work described in the Contract Drawings not indicated as altemate items for the lump sum pnce of ($ )" ALTERNATE BID NO. 1 For work described as Altemate Number 1 in Contract Drawings and Specifications, ADD TO the base bid, the sum of ALTERNATE BID NO. 2 For work described as Alternate Number 2 in Contract Drawings and Specifications, ADD TO the base bid, the sum of ALTERNATE BID NO. 3 ($ Should the Owner decide to eliminate all Work indicated on Sheet E -4 from the Base Bid, DEDUCT the sum of UNIT PRICES For changing quantities of Work items from those indicated by the Contract Drawings or that are undetermined, upon written instructions from the Architect, the following unit prices shall prevail. A. For addition or deletion of footage of drilled piles, ADD /DEDUCT 18" diameter Cast -In -Place Concrete Piles $ lin. /ft. B. For addition or deletion of footage for casing drilled Cast -In -Place Concrete Piles (only), ADD /DEDUCT 18" diameter casing $ lin. /ft. The above unit prices shall include all labor, materials, removal, overhead, profit. insurance. etc., to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. Changes shall be processed in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract. Amount to be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancies, the amount in words shall govem. 00303 - 2 Sub - Contractors are to be as follows for: PLUMBING HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING - ELECTRICAL WORK Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formalities in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 45 calendar days after the schedule closing time for receiving bids. Upon receipt of written notice of the acceptance of this bid, bidder shall execute the formal contract within 10 days and deliver a Surety Bond or Bonds as required by the General and supplementary conditions. The Bid security attached in the sum of is to become the property of the Owner in the event the contract and bond are not executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense to the Owner caused thereby. Seal if bid is by a Corporation " Amount shall be shown in both words and figures END OF SECTION 00303-2 Respectively Submitted: By: Title: Address: SECTION 00904 ADDENDUM #4 To all general contract bidders of record for the Work titled: City of Round Rock Parks & Recreation Department Relocation the proposed Contract Documents are modified as follows: All TS4 x 4 x 1/4 columns noted on A/S2, ore elsewhere, shall be TS6 x 6 x 1/4 columns. END OF SECTION 00904-1 PriooiicER CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 11,10/94 The Capitol City Ins. Agency PO Box 9802 9928 8030 Balcones Dr Austin TX 78766- CODE SUBC00E COMPANY A . COMPANY WSIRED •• •• ... LEI Richmond Industries LE ER C P.O. Box 548 - Georgetown TX 78627 - MANY COMPANY E LETT00 • ISSUE DATE (MTAVOA'Y) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE Great American Insurance Texas Work Comp Ins Fund COVERAGES THIS is TO CERTIFY THAT THE POUCIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. UMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER ' POLICY EFFECTNE POLICY EXPIRATION • LTB • DATE (MALDOMT - DATE (MWDOB T A GENERAL LUBLRY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY TTY CLAMS MADE i X :OCCUR OWNERS & CONTRACTORS PROT. A AUTOMOBLE uABLRY X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS GARAGE UABLRY • EXCESS LIABILITY TCP731982600 BINDER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION SIOCATIONSNEHICLES1SPECIAI. ITEMS LPIRS 06/02/94 06/02/95 GENERAL AGGREGATE S 1,000,000 PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGO S 1,000,000 PERSONAL E ADV. INJURY S 500,000 EACH OCCURRENCE S 500,000 FRE DAMAGE (My one Are) S 50,000 ...... ...., . MED. EXPENSE (My one paroon) S 5,(1000 0 06/02/94 06/02/95 ' COMBINED SINGLE 500000 LLMR BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE EACH OCCURRENCE UMBRELLA FORM AGGREGATE OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM STATUTORY LIMITS WORKER'S COMPENSATOR B AND WC110226941 06/20/94 - 06/20/95 EACH ACCIDENT s 100000 DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT S 500000 EMPLOYERS LIABILITY DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEE $ 100000 OTHER • .. A BUILDERS RISK POLICY BINDER 11/07/94 . 05/07/94 REMODEL OF BUILDINGS 210000 RE: The CIty of Round Rock - Parks & Recreation Department 605 -609 Palm Valley Blvd (Hwy 79); Round Rock, Tx 78664 DEDUCTIBLE 1000 The City of Round Reek Is Included as an Additional Insured (excl Work Comp) CERTIFICATE )IOLDER CIty of Round Rock Attn: Kathy Stegman 309 E. Main Street Round Rock ACO{TD 25-S CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POUCIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL M9DEX0E03t$C MAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE TX 78664 _ LEFr,1401 It1 a AAILX9UgFKNCFRL4-}677ALQC Oa RosuacpCOBp](matamGX 4ffelYnx6F AUTHOR® REPRESENTATIVE • D.L Groves ".' : 7 1 7 COEiPDRATTON 1990 PRODUCER The Capitol City Ins. Agency PO Box 9802 6928 8030 Balcones Dr Austin TX 78766- CODE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE . ISSUE DATE (MM,DD„ 11/10/94 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE SU8.CODE COMPANY - A LerltH COMPANY c( INSURED ... ... LtlleH Richmond Industries LEER C P.O. Box 548 COMPANY D Georgetown TX 78627 L,,itn COMPANY E LETTER Great American Insurance Texas Work Comp Ins Fund COVERAGES • THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT 711E POUCIES OF INSURANCE USTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POUCY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POUCIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONOMONS OF SUCH POUCIES. UMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO 1.10 A GENERAL LNBLITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL. LIASIJ Y • • CLANS MADE . X :OCCUR OWNERS 5 CONTRACTORS PROT. A AUTOMOBILE LIPBLITY X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS ... NON -OWNED AUTOS • GARAGE LIABILITY 8 TYPE OF INSURANCE BINDER 'EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE UMBRELLA FORM - AGGREGATE OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM WORKER'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY OTHER A BUILDERS RISK POUCY BINDER DESCRIPTION OF OPERAT1 ON54DCATDNSNEHICLEU/SPECVL /TENS POLICY NUMBER TCP731982600 POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPRATION DATE (MMADNY) DATE (MMADITY) • WC110226941 06/20/94 06/20/95 06/02/94 06/02/95 ° GENERAL AGGREGATE s 1,000,000_ . 11/07/94 PRODUCTS- COMP/OP AGO. $ 1,000,000 PERSONAL & ADV. INJURY 5 500,000 . EACH OCCURRENCE $ • 500,000 FIRE DAMAGE (My one lice) 5 50,000 • , MED. EXPENSE (My one person) S 5,000 06/02/94 06/02/95 COMBINED SINGLE 500000 UNIT BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY . (Per accident/ PROPERTY DAMAGE UNITS STATUTORY UM ITS EACH ACCIDENT 5 100000 DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT - $ 500000 DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEE 5 100000 05/07/94 :REMODEL OF BUILDINGS 210000 DEDUCTIBLE 1000 RE: The City of Round Rock - Parks & Recreation Department 605.609 Palm Valley Blvd (Hwy 79); Round Rock, Tx 78664 The City of Round Rock Is Included as an Additional Insured (no! Work Comp) OERTIFIOATE HOLDER City of Round Rock Attn: Kathy Stegman 309 E. Main Street Round Rock ACOA➢ 25-5 (7190) TX 78664- . CANCELLATION • • SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POUCIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE • EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL HDVDEXVOKITX , MAIL 70 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE • . LEFT. LEFT,ISI3t 4J3UL3#' `]L12(f8)Z{1ICIfA TMC APANW FM/CO•N ( CIREFIEREGENTATINES X AUn1OR® REPRE D.L Groves ... . /ACORD CORPORATION 1990 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That, Richmond Industries (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and International Fidelity Insurance Company a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey , with its principal office in the City of Newark (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Round Rock, Texas (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the amount of Two Hundred Ten Thousand Five Hundred Twenty Nine and no/100---- Dollars ($ 210, 529.00 ), for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 1st day of November ,19 94 ,tut for City of Round Rock - Parks and Recreation Relocation, 605 Palm Valley Blvd., Round Rock, Texas 78628 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended by Acts of the 73rd Legislature, 1993, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 8th Witness: STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253 OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE AS AMENDED BY THE THE 73RD TEXAS LEGISLATURE, 1993 Attest: (McGREGOR ACT - PUBLIC WORKS) (Penalty of this bond must be 100% of Contract Amount) (If Corporation) By: day of November ,19 94 Richmond Industries Steve Schutze #924751 (Seal) (Seal) (Seal) (Seal) Principal International Fidelity Insurance Company (Seal) Surety - - -- Attorney - in -Fact i Witness: Attest: STATUTORY, PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253 ' OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE AS AMENDED i 1 !•• BY THE THE 73RD TEXAS LEGISLATURE, 1993 (McGREGOR ACT - PUBLIC WORKS) . � _.. . , 1 . ..• .i (Penalty of this bond must be 10098 of Contract Amount) y . KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: I That,' Richmond Industries (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and International Fidelity Insurance Company , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey , with its principal office in the City of Newark (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Ci of Round Rock, Texas (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the amount of Two Hundred Ten Thousand Five Hundred Twenty Nine and' no/ 100- - Dollars ($ 210, 529.00 ), for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated ' the 1st day of November ,19 94 , lb for City' of i • Round Rock - Parks and Recreation Relocation, 605 Palm Valley Blyd., Round Rock, Texas;78628 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. p, ±, NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended by Acts of the 73rd Legislature, 1993, and all liabilities on this bond to all such claimants shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 8th day of November , 19 94 1 ,, (Seal) dual or c W 9 �1 1 i (Seal) l or Firm) ) Richmond Industries (Seal) (Seal) Principal �y International Fidelity Insurance Company(SeaI) Surety . . (If Corporation) By: 5tu Steve Schutze ze Bond #924751 •.i 7 ' Attorney_i Fact instrument this 8th Witness: (IfI Attest: STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253 OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE AS AMENDED BY THE THE 73RD TEXAS LEGISLATURE, 1993 and existing under the laws of the State of (Penalty of this bond must be 1004% of Contract Amount) (McGREGOR ACT - PUBLIC WORKS) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Richmond Industries (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and International Fidelity Insurance Company tvidual or Firm) (If Corporation) (6924751 , a corporation organized New Jersey , with its principal office in the City of Newark (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Round Rock, Texas (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the amount of Two Hundred Ten Thousand Five Hundred Twenty Nine and no/100---- Dollars ($ 210, 529.00 ), for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 1st day of November ,19 94 , Y!K for City of Round Rock - Parks and Recreation Relocation, 605 Palm Valley B1'vd., Round Rock, Texas 78628 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended by Acts of the 73rd Legislature, 1993, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this day of November ,19 94 Richmond Industries (Seal) (Seal) (Seal) (Seal) Principal International Fidelity Insurance Company (Seal)' Surety BY S�I.,.GL. J/'hGG� ' 7 Steve Schutze Attorney -in -Fact v,„ � Witness: Attest: STATUTORY, PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 2253 OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE AS AMENDED BY THE THE 73RD TEXAS LEGISLATURE, 1993 (McGREGOR ACT - PUBLIC WORKS) Bond #924751 (Penalty of this bond must be 100% of Contract Amount) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That, Richmond Industries (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and International Fidelity Insurance Company (If Ind dual or irm) (If Corporation) , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey , with its principal office in the City of Newark (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Round Rock, Texas (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the amount of Two Hundred Ten Thousand Five Hundred Twenty Nine and no/100-- Dollars ($ 210, 529.00 ), for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 1st day of November ,19 9 , t8 for City of Round Rock - Parks and Recreation Relocation, 605 Palm Valley Blvd., Round Rock, Texas,78628 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended by Acts of the 73rd Legislature, 1993, and all liabilities on this bond to all such claimants shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 8th day of November , t9 94 (Seal) (Seal) Richmond Industries (Seal) (Seal) , Principal ..7;. .J International Fidelity Insurance Company(Seal) Surety -, `- By: c5 J Steve Schutze Attorney_in - Fact ,, TEL. (201) 624 -7200 POWER OF ATTORNEY BOND NO. 92475 INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE" COMPANY • HOME OFFICE: ONE NEWARK CENTER, 20TH FLOOR NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102 -5207 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, and having its principal office in the City of Newark, New Jersey, does hereby constitute and appoint . ; STEVE SCHUTZE; - JAN IS WINKLER° , AU ST I M,:', TEXAS', 2/93 'ts true and lawful attomey(s) -in -fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety. any and all bonds and undertakings. contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,which are or maybe allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation. contractor otherwise, and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the said INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, , ' as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal office. This Power of Attomey is executed and may be certified to and may be revoked, pursuant to and by authority of Article 3 - Section 3. of the By - Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of IN'1ERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting called and held on the 7th day of February, 1974. The President or any Vice President, Executive Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall have power and authority (I) To appoint Attorneys -in -fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and, , (2) To remove, at any time, any such Attorney -in -fact and revoke the authority given. ' Further. this Power of Attomey is signed and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of said Company adopted at a meeting duly called and held on the 29th day of April, 1982 of which the following is a true excerpt: Now therefore the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by its authorized officer, this 1st day of May, AD. 1991. INTERNATIONAL FIDELITYINSURANCE COMPANy- STATE OF NEW JERSEY County of Essex - Executive Vice President On this 1st day of May 1991: before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and, being by me duly swot?tr- said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to s9itL instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of sattl' Company. 0' 'Art "t , ' ` ........... ' A %, IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal. es 0. •••• . Fi at the City of Newark, New Jersey the day and year first above written. - _' fly eTAR}:t s t2ip - fi *P _ ''k U B L^� ,f A NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY • - ' 1 1. • 4 r'' `. My Commission Expires July 24, 1995 y 1r � , W J w s R oe' CERTIFICAT • ' I, the undersigned officer of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the By -Laws of said Company as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID COMPANY, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originah., and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect ::- - .,4' • • - , -.1; •■•y'K IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this day of 19 - r 9 - ti ,r .14• 8th -, Novunber. - i/ 94 Assistant Secretary IMPORTANT NOTICE: Mb Power of Attorney must be BLUE In color. II It Is not BLUE, this le not an authentic Power o1 Attorney. ti Q tV its true and lawful attorney(s) -in -fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or maybe allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, contract orothetwise, and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the said INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal office. This Porter of Attomcy is executed. and may be certified to and may be revoked pursuant to and by authority of Article 3- Section 3. of the By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting called and held on the 7th day of Fcbmary, 1974. r • - r , - The President or any Vice President, Executive Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall have power and authority • (I) To appoint Attomeys -in -fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and, (2) To remove, at any time, any such Attorney -in -fact and revoke the authority given. _• Further, this Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of said Company adopted at a meeting duly 'called and held on the 29th day of April, 1982 of which the fofiowing is a true excerpt: _ • Now therefore the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by • facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and - any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seat shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. TEL, (201) 624 -7200 IINOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: ThatINTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, and having its principal office in the City of Newark, New Jersey, does hereby constitute and appoint C. A` SCHUTZE J JANIS 4 NKLER- AUSTIN ;"'TEXAS•- POWER OF ATTORNEY INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY HOME OFFICE: ONE NEWARK CENTER, 20TH FLOOR NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102- 5207 BOND NO. 924751 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused this instrument to - be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by its authorized officer, this 1st day of May, AD. 1991. - - - INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPAN • est • `Executive Vice President • tV On this lst day of May 1991; before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and, being by me duly swotLb- .said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to said_ instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of sa .'• Company." - � �tI CIA q: "'_% r ,• � A % IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Ofcial Seal, g_f ▪ •• ••• at the City of Newark, New Jersey the day and year first above written, - _� it% TA 13 j: ? • „1Nrir STATE OF NEW JERSEY County of Essex A NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY • -;: t 4;• • .....k I My Commission Expires July 24, 1995 %,, ; Rw rLt v t r � CERTIFICATION I, the undersigned officer ofINTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby cenify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the By -Laws of said Company as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID COMPANY, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof,and of the whole of said originals, and that the said Power of Attomey has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect '' •°, IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this day of • 19 Novambe 94 "� l 8th l� Assistant Secretary IMPORTANT NOTICE This Power el Attorney must be BLUE In color. ll R b not BLUE, ihb Is not an authentic Power el Attorney. CHARLIE CULPEPPER ROBERT STLUKA ROD ORGAN RICK STEWRT EARL PALMER ARTHA A. CHAVEZ JIP� °'Y JOSEPH ROBERT L. BENNETT STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL ELECTRCAL 1.0 SITE PLAN 2.0 FLOOR PLANS 3.0 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4.0 BUILDING SECTIONS 4.1 DETAILS 4.2 DETAILS 5.0 REFLECTED CIELING PLANS S -1 FOUNDATION PLAN & DETAILS S -2 SECOND FLOOR FRAMING PLAN & DETAILS 5 -3 ROOF FRAVIING PLAN M -1 AIR DISTRIBUTION PLAN E -1 LEGEND, SCHEDULES (Sc ONE LINE. E -2 LIGHTING PLANS E -3 POWER PLANS E -4 POWER SITE PLAN ARCHITECT R.GILL & ASSOCIATES P.O. BOX 217 ROUND ROCK, TEXAS 786 512- 255 -7852 512555445fAX FISHER HAGOOD INC. 301 HESTERS CROSSING SUITE ROUND ROCK, TEXAS 78681 512 -- 244-1546 512 - -388 --3698 FAX •ELECTR!CR: ENGINEER ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CONSUL. ". DAVID NELSON P.O. -BOX ' 49401 AUSTIN, TEXAS 7876 512- 467 -93.17 512 - 467 -9317 rAX ___ L .---- 1 II ii 11 ... 1 L r 1 Ii tr y 1 1110 LV1111 I . - __ 111 =`T1 -,'.r.1G3 i 4 1 e131_1/11 1-.1 L .... i . 1 , i __ r 1 1 71:f` Ur)! I,! 1} 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I"! 1759 ROTS REPAIR SLIPPING STANDING SEAMS ANP EDGE FLASHIN6 ON EXISTIN6 ROOF ON EZILP1116 PE • EXIST, R.R. TIE RETAINA&E AS RE012. I I ,Lb I 0 97,71 EL TUE3E LUMNS. (TIT) NEN GONGRETE 511)EKALK a" P.V.G. SLEEVE FOR DRAINAGE )54 lsu 54(A) 12" DEE SUMP. - '-5 1/2" 98.15 DEMO EXIST. TIE 1E1AINA6E AS REGIV. EXIST. 98.18 97.89 97.80 97,49 98.79 ' =.; ..f • . , DOS ONG HP\ND \CP\P ED EX\STING HP\ND\CP\ REMOVE EXISTING N11\11701'1 AND INS" Kt 5-0" pooR. ( TO SPEG5). PROJECT B.M. FINISH FLOOR OF WALKWAY. ELEV. 99.82'---- (ASSUMED) N, 98.4 98.0 ._91,51) SLEEVE FOR DRAINAGE EXIST ASPHALT • PARKING AREA, . . • NEW EXISTM ASPHALT PARKING AVEA RED URB--F\R 2-b" P.V.G. SL FOR DRAINAGE EXISTING R.R. TIE RETAiriA6E. EXISTING PORCH (-MP LINE OF BALCONY ABOVE) 6.X6 STEEL 'ME WLUMN5. (TYP) EXISTING STONE NALL EXISTING STAIR. LOUR, Me- ' . • GUI I ER ON EXISTING LDO. • 3, • " :k ",„.' • . wt.. ROOF TO MATCH APJ. BLDG. OTTER ON EXISTING BLDG. r.• • 6UTTER 4 DOVINSPOUT5 TO MATCH euTrER 4 POIAINSPOUTS TO MATCH GUTTER ON EXISTING %DO. 'UTTER 4 001^INSPOUTS TO MATG1-1 SYMBOLS LEGEND Adb6.. VIN REFER TO (00000) SPEC. SECTION INSTALLED IN FRONT OF EACH SPACE 51611AGE HAN 1GAPPEP A GE5 OLE PARKINa 0 - DOOR NUMBER (9 PAGE NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER E: ROT TO SCALE ELEVATION NUMBER PAGE NUMBER r.?„ : , N ‘ r• . ' BLDG. SECTION NUMBER PAGE NUMBER WALL 'SECTION NUMBER PAGE NUMBER • bFWN, 2 LY. 11 1 LL SHEET TITLE: Pi' AN • • - ; PROJECT NO: • R.ILL "Nb ASSOCIATES ARCHITECT P.O. 130X 211 ROUND gooK, TX JS6SQ (512) 255-1.55 , (5I2 25-5445 FAX REPAIR (GLEAN 4 FILL) 4 GRIND CRACKS ----- IN EXISTING FLOOR, SMOOTH AND LEVEL BEFORE INSTALLING FLOOR FINISH (TYP) REPAIR LEAKS BEFORE INSTALLING INSULATION OR GYP. BP. NEW ExrT DOOR. FRAME ALCOVE 17008 So STRIKE EDGE OF DOOR 15 FLUSH TO CORNER IN CORRIDOR. DEMO AS RE&UIR.ED. REKEf CLOSET L700R LOCKS. rr SECURE POOR FR ME. STORAGE PATCH HOLE IN NALL. REPAIR (CLEAN 4 FILL) 4 GRIND CRACKS IN EXISTING FLOOR SMOOTH AND LEVEL BEFORE INSTALLING FLOOR FINISH (TYP) WALL TO BE REMOVED. SHARON STORAGE CONFERENCE 1111111111 II 1111111111 11 � + + H 11 I lI I I 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 4.1 II Odra. itilife b" G.M.U. 1.4 MOVE L..XISTING NOOK I J:'P.LAC I. W/ 244 Snips 16' O,G. MATGI1 /O. C EINT WOOD SIDING o ow. IUD. r'iN1511 0lr11 106n) EGONI7 FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 8 " =1'-O" FIRST FLOOR PLAN CALE: i/ r LO" (N.I EXISTING LEASE SPACE REMOVE /-.ND RELOCATE DOOR 4 FRAME TO FLUS OUr 11/ ---� FX:5ri). NAL * 5IP.IKr SIDE. PATGl1 4 REPAIR T i . -FOI I 11 I ik ;, I 8 REPLACE HARDNARE I INAS i.I LINE OF NE11 ROOF ABOVE. raw THRESHOLD. r1 DOORS 4 TRANSOMS. REPLACE 1^V 2X4 S ruDS IV O.G. MATCH ADJACENT 1^I0012 SIDING o EXTERIOR: GYP. BD. FINISH * INTERIOR (0g260). REGARPET GORRIPO EXISTING LEASE REMOVE EXISTING 1 1 HINPOW ANI7 INSTALL. 1 5,O" POOR. (REFER. TO SPECS.) REPAIR (GLEAN 4 FILL) 4 6R1NP CRACKS IN EXISTING FLOOR, SMOOTH AND LEVEL BEFORE INSTALLING FLOOR FINISH (TYP) EXISTING r7OUBLE STUD WALL.. (FINISHED ON THIS SIDE; OPEN 511.05 ON OTHER 519E) DRAIN 4 VENT LINE STUB -OUT. EXISTING H 4 G 1 ^RATE STUB -OUTS IJNFINI ;,,r L SPADE. Yi KW*" 1 1 1 1111 II 1 /II111 II H =r =r' 1 11 1111111111 11 ►111111111 Il .__1....L 1 t_ 1- L- 1 -J - - REMOVE EXISTI W/ 2X4 STUDS 0 ADJACENT 1NOOt EXTERIOR.: GYP. 0 INTERIOR (01- CONNECT NEW 51 ELKAY 18 GA. 5T DBL. COMPARTM FAUCET W/ SPRA SUPPLY AND DR?A1 1/2" q' -& 1/2" . 13'- I/ REMOVE AND RELOCATE DOOR 4 FRAME TO FLUSH-OUT kW EXIST'G. WALL 0 STRIKE SIDE. PATCH 4 REPAIR TYP, FLOOR ROUGH AT EDGE FOR BUILDINGS "A" ONLY. NOTE: WORK TO BE PONE IN BUILDING 'G` TO BE COORDINATED NATED 1Nt 111 '.1 G111E= OF POLICE f^IORK Mr' HAVE TO I . DONE Ai 1'k RN.N . VIO K''r1G HOURS. . 0 ULSTIf16 TO BE REMOVEP, REPAIR STONEWORK 0 LANDING TO MATGH ADJACENT. NEVI GONGRETE 1^IALK (02585) 2 -STEPS DONN qiL 1/2" NOTE: 111'11'OR DOOR 1I11A7 AND JAMBS ENDOW' Ate; JAMI3S MD 51115 IN 011E ILA SPA.GL:'S TO BE GYPSUM BOARD FINISH kV wxr, A' ? PANT TO HATGI 1 BUILDING S; A`117ARD (SEE IINIE11 D SPAG . 0 CON FLOOR or Ui1S71NC REPAIR LEAK; REPLACE CEILING ACOUSTIC PANEL. 1' -3 1/2a 22-11 1/2' IN INSULATION TER NALL (TIP HIN17OV, PLACE 16" O.G. MATC H SIDING 0 BD. FINISH 60). K, L.K,LR 3322 INL STEEL, 400 DELTA TO EXISTING 6` -1" STEEL 111E3E COLUMNS. (TYP,) - NEVI 6 RAIL / BALUSTRADE. 11/2" MIL. HANDPAI AT 33" ABOVE RAMP. LINE OF ROOF v - 0VERHA1S LINE OF PECK OVERHANG ABOVE. STEEL TUBE COLUMNS. (TYP.) - RAIL TO EXTEND FLOOR TO CEILING. NEW pQOR SUPPORT . GUT PARTITION SUPPORT FLUSH Ni EXISTING PARTITION TRIM Y`4/ PLAS. LAM. TO MATCH EX15TIN6 -- EXISTING PARTITION WNW -. EXISTING WALL 1 _) NEW WALL NOTE: MOVE EXISTING POORS XC.2O5, XG2O6 TO FLUSH WITH WALL NEXT TO LAVATORY. REMOVE EXISTING JAMBS TO MAKE WALLS IN 0227 FLUSH, HEAP AT POOR TO REMAIN SO CEILING TRANSITION WILL NOT NEED MOPIFIGATION. PATCH AT MODIFICATIONS TO MATCH EXISTING. ST ROOM FLOOR PLAN CALE: 1 4 1 E)CISTING NM) POST, (VERIFY LOCATION). TRZN ,111 E PA1i' : 'AL L 15TING . IER�O 1(4 Q N I ULP1NG EXISTII'IS W0017 POST, (VERIFY LOCATION). EXISTING STAR EXISTING :1N 4 EXISTING ClY EXISTING 5t.6 P,'GLG. eXISTING STTIJI W LL EXISTING HAP R MOVE EXISTING POOR AN FRAME. INSTALL 1x6 NOOI7 TRIM AT HEAD, PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING TRIM. ing IS UQ r*Iocutad at►g %m ill (?c bardvegr 3' ® _2(2 .. Q__R TYPES! v SCALE: 1 /s " =1` 0" WALL TYPE /FINISH SCHEDULE 1. 5/8" GYP. BD. TEXTURED AND PAINTED (TYPE "X") 2. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS, PLASTERED EXTERIOR, UNFINISHED INTERIOR. (04340/07240) S. VINYL /GYP. BD. (EXIST. PATCH & REPAIR AS REQ'D) 4. EXISTING FRAME CONSTRUCTION. /77/77717 5. EXISTING FRAME CONSTRUCTION W/ STONE VENEER. 6. DEMO 16'-O" ROM , FINISHES 4 phi CEILING WALLS' ` FLOORS SYMBOLS LEGEND DOOR NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER PAGE NUMBER 0 DETAIL NUMBER PAGE NUMBER (00000) REFER TO SPEC. SECTION CEILINGS / SOFFIT FINISH SCHEDULE 1. - TYPE "X" 5/8" GYP. BD. TEXTURED 8c PAINTED 9 10'- A.F.F. (TIGHT TO STRUCTURE) (09260) 2. 2"X4" ACOUSTICAL PANEL C 9'-0" A.F.F. SUSPENDED BELOW TYPE "X" 5/8" GYP. BD„ FIRE -TAPED (09511) (TIGHT TO STRUCTURE) (09260) 3. PLASTIC DIFFUSER / LUMINUOS CEILING 4. ROUGH -SAWN EXT. PLYWOOD 5. ROUGH -SAWN EXT. PLYWOOD SET INTO EXPOSED CEDAR BEAM 6. EXISTING (PATCH AND REPAIR GYP. BD. FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT. 7. EXISTING (REPLACE MISSING LIGHT FIXTURE DIFFUSERS AND ALL STAINED OR DAMAGED ACOUSTIC PANELS TO MATCH ADJACENT.) 8. OPEN "r0 UNFINISHED STRUCTURE ABOVE. 7. PLASTIC LAMINATE ON WOOD CORE (14240). 8. REPAINT ONLY. 9. WOOD SHIPLAP TO MATCH ADJACENT. FLOOR/ BASE FINISH SCHEDULE 1. VINYL TILE/ VINYL (09650) 2. CARPET / VINYL (096821 / 09650) 3. CONCRETE SEALED (03346) 4. WASHED AGGREGATE. 5. EXISTING SLOG. SECTION NUMBER PAGE NUMBER WALL SECTION NUMBER PAGE NUMBER • i 201 F'0SILL PROJECT NO'. P.O. E3OX 211 ROUND ROCK, TX 16680 (512) 255-1b52 (512 255 -5445 FAX AND ASSOGIATES AR H I I ECT IT 6'. NEW 6AURD RAIL r/ BALUSTRADE. NEW CONSTRUCTION rr NEW BRIDGE (SEE STMT. DI^165 LINE BEY --- # 22G.1O440 5 -i TUBE COLUMNS. (TYP) (SEE STRUCr. DN6 ) HANDR.A1L, 33° HIG11 -� O.C. I� T'r ICAL. RISEN. N.T.S. THRU WALL VENT W/ FAN. LINE OF WALK BEYOND EXISTING' F RAIL Hai . RAMP; PROVIDE VENT AS PER. 14240 PLASTER CONTROL JOINT (TYP) REPAIR ATTIC VENT AS REGiUIRED. TRENCH DRAIN REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW; • 'LAGS YV/ 2X4 STUDS 0 16' 0.0. MAT ,1 ADJACENT WOOD SIDING 0 EXTERIOR! GYP, E31). FINISH 0 INTERIOR (0c1260). WEST ELEVAT JE � � i a � _o 1 8 " =1 ,_ 0 " F METAL ROOF TO MATGFI ADJACENT BUILDING -1 L PLASTER ON G.M.U. EXISTING EASL ELEVATON BLDG. " SCALE ,/8 =,'_o IFT O\ 3L3C. NEW BRIDGE (SEE STMT. DW C S) � r r r r r.4...,NEW POOR II (SEE SPEC PATCH SIDING TO MATCH EXISTING. ), A )7 NEN ROOF 0 :BONY AND PERIMETER NALL INFILL , r NOTE: EXTEND DOYPOUT FROM EACH END OF &UTTER DOWN RAFTER THEN TIE TO EX.ISTIN& POWWOW . REMOVE EXISTING WI NDo4, REPLACE 1^V 2X4 STUDS 0 16° O.G. MATCH ADJACENT WOOD SIDING EXTERIOR: &i'P. BD. FINISH INTERIOR (01260). \O.PT SCALE r NEY'1 O / BALUS NEN BALCONY r W SCALE r GUTTER 4 DOWNSPOUT. E /8 ' > METAL ROOF O MATCH ADJACENT BUILDING EII VATOR BUI PIlam. BRIDGE 4 SITE WORK EVATI 0 o° N BLDC. NEW 5AURP RAIL VW / BALUSTRADE. NOTE: WRAP DOWNSPOUTS AROUND GUARDRAIL TO MAT ADJACENT BUILDING. HANDRAIL 3B° HIGH ABV. NOSI NC'. PVG DRAINPIPES PAYLIGi r 2. ABOVE NATURAL GRADE (TYP) STEEL TUBE COLUMNS. h (SEE STRUC; cn PLASTER 12 PLASTER CONTROL JOI NT. �- 12 r THRU WALL VENT D ! ': DRAWN: RELY I E4f: • . IL L P.O. 130X 211 ROUNI2 ROCK, , :TX - la i 5 (512) 255-1552 ' (512 255 FAX AM A I ATE ARCH I TE •' 5 :I2 PITCH TAL ROOF TO ArGH ADJACENT ILDINE NEW 6AURD RAIL r/ BALUSTRADE. NEW CONSTRUCTION rr NEW BRIDGE (SEE STMT. DI^165 LINE BEY --- # 22G.1O440 5 -i TUBE COLUMNS. (TYP) (SEE STRUCr. DN6 ) HANDR.A1L, 33° HIG11 -� O.C. I� T'r ICAL. RISEN. N.T.S. THRU WALL VENT W/ FAN. LINE OF WALK BEYOND EXISTING' F RAIL Hai . RAMP; PROVIDE VENT AS PER. 14240 PLASTER CONTROL JOINT (TYP) REPAIR ATTIC VENT AS REGiUIRED. TRENCH DRAIN REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW; • 'LAGS YV/ 2X4 STUDS 0 16' 0.0. MAT ,1 ADJACENT WOOD SIDING 0 EXTERIOR! GYP, E31). FINISH 0 INTERIOR (0c1260). WEST ELEVAT JE � � i a � _o 1 8 " =1 ,_ 0 " F METAL ROOF TO MATGFI ADJACENT BUILDING -1 L PLASTER ON G.M.U. EXISTING EASL ELEVATON BLDG. " SCALE ,/8 =,'_o IFT O\ 3L3C. NEW BRIDGE (SEE STMT. DW C S) � r r r r r.4...,NEW POOR II (SEE SPEC PATCH SIDING TO MATCH EXISTING. ), A )7 NEN ROOF 0 :BONY AND PERIMETER NALL INFILL , r NOTE: EXTEND DOYPOUT FROM EACH END OF &UTTER DOWN RAFTER THEN TIE TO EX.ISTIN& POWWOW . REMOVE EXISTING WI NDo4, REPLACE 1^V 2X4 STUDS 0 16° O.G. MATCH ADJACENT WOOD SIDING EXTERIOR: &i'P. BD. FINISH INTERIOR (01260). \O.PT SCALE r NEY'1 O / BALUS NEN BALCONY r W SCALE r GUTTER 4 DOWNSPOUT. E /8 ' > METAL ROOF O MATCH ADJACENT BUILDING EII VATOR BUI PIlam. BRIDGE 4 SITE WORK EVATI 0 o° N BLDC. NEW 5AURP RAIL VW / BALUSTRADE. NOTE: WRAP DOWNSPOUTS AROUND GUARDRAIL TO MAT ADJACENT BUILDING. HANDRAIL 3B° HIGH ABV. NOSI NC'. PVG DRAINPIPES PAYLIGi r 2. ABOVE NATURAL GRADE (TYP) STEEL TUBE COLUMNS. h (SEE STRUC; cn PLASTER 12 PLASTER CONTROL JOI NT. �- 12 r THRU WALL VENT D ! ': DRAWN: RELY I E4f: • . IL L P.O. 130X 211 ROUNI2 ROCK, , :TX - la i 5 (512) 255-1552 ' (512 255 FAX AM A I ATE ARCH I TE •' SCALE; I ug 1 11! PARTIAL E5UILDIN6 EGTI N &RAW& ',01471014.71414.74 Xb STIFFENER / BRACE SHAPED FLASHING UNDER 51-IIPLAP 4 OVER MTL. ROOF. = ice - ir rr Tr - 1 1 11 11 11 11 I 1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 1 i 11 11 11 11 rr ' 11- rrl n rrrn `ri Tr rr rr in rl rrr 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 UUUUUUUU uuuuu a 11— STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING ROOF. BUILDING PAPER OVER SHFATFIING. INTEGRAL FL.PSI AND GUTTER LAVED 12" UNDER METAL ROOF. 2Xb FASGI C NOTCHED OVER RAFTER. PLASTER APPLIED DIRECTLY TO G.M.U. N/ 2 GOATS OF THOROSEAL OR Ea SCALE: 1/4 =I - MTL. LADDER SEE STRUCTURAL E'a TITLE.',: . r � r• 9 PLASTER APPLIED DIRECTLY TO G.M.U. 112 COATS OF 7HOROSSEAL OR Ea ur 1 ■ G.M.U. (SEE S'RUG - 11) L) ■ • • G.M.U. (SEE STRUCTURAL.) EF - - _ METAL RQOF TO MATCH ADJACENT BUILDIN LINE OF SECOND FLOOR. 0 METAL ROOF TO MATGH ADJACENT E UILDING. 1/2' PLYf^lGOD UNDER ROOF. DATE DRAWN 66 / REVISED: 533731794 • > .r 201 PROJECT NO: F; GELL. rY P.O. BOX .211. ROUND ROOK, TX i& eo (512) 2 5` 1 (512 255-5445 FAX ANE7 AssoGIATES ARCHITECT . 4X4 O'IOMINAL) ROUGH CEDAR (R45) NOTCHED 0 BASE OVER FASCIA. TYP. (SEE ELEVATION FOR LOCATION). COUNTERSUNK V2 MACHINE BOLTS 0 EACH POST OR 0 24° O.G. THRU 2X14 FASCIA. POST 1 1/2'- BOND 1/2" PLYWOOD TO BACK OF GYP. BD. PANEL. 4' LONG CASED OPENING FOR MECH. ACCESS. SGER1 FASTEN SOLID CASING INTO TRUSSES. SOLID DOUBLE BLOCKING AROUND OPENING. 2X6 1X4 (SHO b n- SGR EXISTING 2X TRUSSES TYP. TAIL 5 CEDAR RAIL M POST TO POST DASHED) TYP. 3/4" GM PLYWOOD ACCESS WALKWAY TO EXTEND FROM HVAG UNIT TO UNIT. AS BALUSTER (ACTUAL) (51•IONN DASHED) TO FASCIA tairtr5 TyP SOLID 2X BLOCKING 0 I6" O.G. FROM TRUSS TO TRUSS WHERE WALKWAY AGCUR, 4 7.-. \:\ N DECK SUPPORT CHANNEL. 6X6 STEEL TUBE COLUMN BEYOND. CONCRETE DECK (SEE STRUCTURAL) METAL DECK. (SEE STRUCTURAL) NOTE: PAINT UNDERSIDE OF VIALKJ^IAY. NEW 2X4 BRAGE ATTACHED TO FACE OF TRUSS CHORD AND ACROSS FIRST 13O1TOM CHORD JIOttr, INSIDE FADE OF 2 X 14 FASCIA BEYOND. EXISTING GONST. N T. JOINT @ SRI SCALE: 11/2'► 1 ' 2" NOMINAL EL 11133 3 I /2" X 3' X I /4" S1UD ANGLE W/ 4 5° BEVEL MACHINED INTO 3 I/2" LEG. //////// f —r DIA. PLUG WELDS 0 12 O.G. / / /// ` CHANNEL I/2" ROUGH SAWN EXTERIOR PLYWOOD. IO" BATr IN'ULATION. #1 LB, FELT 2X4 PURL 1NS 0 I6" O.G. STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF To MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING ROOF. SCALE: 1 1/2 1'_ JAMB /H =AD LEVATOR INTEGRAL FLASHING AND GUTTER LAPPED 12" UNDER METAL ROOF. 2X6 FASCIA NOTCHED OVER RAFTER. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BEAM SIZE, BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION, RAFTER SIZE, RAFTER TO BEAM CONNECTION. EXISTING 6X6 WOOD POST. - S* G.M.U. BLOCK WALL FILL G.M.U. LINT ABOVE DOOR HEAPS WITH GRJT SEE STRUCTURAL. THREE JAMB ANCHOR-5 PER DOOR JAMB t AL POOR FRAME FILL HEAD SOLID NMI GROUT. DOOR AS SCI` FILL_ G.M.U. LINTEL ABOVE DOOR HEADS HIM GROUT SEE STRUCTURAL, THREE JAMB ANCHORS PER POOR JAMB. METAL DOOR FRAME FILL HEAD SOLID WITH GROUT. DOOR AS SGHED. 1 SCALE: 1/2' I 0 ' SCALE: 1 1/2" 1 ,_ " NEN RAIL TO = XISTIN la,vie @ EL YATOR BLOCK WALL FILL G.M.U. LINTEL ABOVE DOOR HEADS WITH GROUT SEE STRUCTURAL. THREE JAMB ANCHORS PER DOOR JAMB, METAL DOOR FRAME FILL HEAD 50LID WITH GROUT. DOOR ASr SGi LEI?. ,41L 8" G.M.U. BL OGI' FALL MErAL DOOR FRAME DOOR AS sc4( A:, 2X2 BALUSTER (AG'rUAL) 8" O.G. (SEk tN DASHED) SCREWED TO FASCIA 3 POINTS TYP. 4X4 (NOMINAL) POST NOTCHED BASE OVER FASCIA. TIP. (SEE ELEVATION FOR LOCATION). LINE OP EDGE OF SLAB, FILLFILL VERTICAL DELLS NEXT TO DOOR HEADS NITH OR.OUT SEE STRUCTURAL. THREE JAMB ANC/HORS PER DOOR JAMB, r FILL HEAD SOLID J^IITH GROUT PATE D *(; l 01:'. /22A4 PRoJE 'r: NO: 2 ILL A� N �� AlSS I A�" A H( i +. ,T P.O. BOX 2I1 RQUNP ROCK, TX - Of? (5l2) 2-i52 • ; (512 255 -5445 -FAX FIN.FL. EXTERIOR CONCRETE SLOPED 'r7.1S Sr TYPICAL: 3/4" PLYWOOD HARDWOOD EDGEBAND ALL EXPOSED EDGES LAMINATED PLAS 11C TOP SPLASH AND EDGES TYPICAL: 3/4" PLYWOOD HARDWOOD EDGEBAND ALL EXPOSED EDGES 1 /2" BATT INSULATION FLOOR AND BASE AS SCHEDULED. TREATED PLATE (SECOND FLOOR) 1 111 SET IN MASTIC DOOR & FRAME AS SCHEDULED ALUMINUM THRESHOLD — FOUNDATION -_ SEE STRUCTURAL -BRACING FLOOR AS SCHEDULED PARTITION T PE TYPICAL: 3/4" PLYWOOD HARDWOOD EDGEBAND ALL EXPOSED EDGES BRACE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS NEEDED — FINISH AS SCHEDULED GYP. BOARD BASE AS SCHEDULED CONTROL JOINT RUNNER CHANNEL BEIWEEN JAMB STUDS TURN DOWN AT JAMB AND SECURE ENDS "2" ANCHORS FLOOR ANCHOR CLIPS SECURED WITH NO LESS THAN 2 FASTENERS 1wTAIL 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING SIDING LINTEL ANGLE TRIM 5 I /2" UPPER CAE3INET S KIT HEN KNEE SAC �- 1/2" GYP.BD. BACKING BATT INSUL. 5 /8" GYP.BD. TYPE 'X' DBL. HEADER AS SPEC. �-- WOOD TRIM �- �- DOOR FRAME PLASTIC LAMINATE ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING 1X4 WD. TRIM EXISTING GYP. 1313. 4 FRAME PARTITION DEMa DELON 8'-O" ARP. (DEMO SHOWN DASHED): NEN EDGE OF MALL YOWL. SCALE: I/4" I 5 1/2" 3 4" LOCAK.ABLE ' CABINETS. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES. LAMINATED PLASTIC TOP AND EDGES 3/4" SHELF EXISTING A6061IC PANEL CEILING 0 qi'- o A.E.E. IN CORRIDOR. NEN GYP, D. EXISTING ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING (DEMO AS REcUIRED- WN DASD, BATE INSUL. 5/8 GYP. BD. DBL. STUD WOOD TRIM DOOR FRAME 2X4 NOW BLOCKING A 411016 ain 4 .*•r REF. SPACE HEAT - I NTH NATION @ KITCHEN SCALE: 1/ + TYPICAL: 3/4" PLYWOOD HARDWOOD EDGEBAND ALL EXPOSED EDGES SECTION FRONT SCALE: 1"z21 -0 PULL — OUT SHELF ADJ. SHLVS. TREN H, DRAIN IO ,IA1/1 SIM FACE OF CONCRETE CURD BEYOND ONE PIECE GRADING. (I I /4" X 11/4" ALUMINUM 1-BAR EXTRUSIONS 0 I/2" Q.G. W/ 3 PRESSOR LOCKS GROSS.' .`. BARS 0 4" oi:.) Ili COUNTERSUNK LAND t EA. CORNER. TAILS' x4 WD. STUDS, . BATT INSUL. WHERE SPEC. 5/8" GYP. BD. DBL. HEADER AS SPEC. WOOD TRIM WOOD DOOR FRAME EXISTING I AVEMENT LAMINATED PLASTIC TOP AND EDGES CALEB l " =1 DBL. SINK 24° SEGMENTS OF HEAVY DM CAST -IRON TRUCK GRADE W/ 5 OPEN AREA. EXISTING PAVEMENT BRACING 0 48" 0.0. 1 1/2" X 2" l /4" ANGLE FRAME 3AR ' A 1� off. c r .LN ' it (" MIN. COYER OVER REDAR. IL AND ASSOG ASS I ATES ARGH ... Iy BOX 2l1 ROUND ROOK, TX - 1e5so (512) 255-1S52 (512 255-.5445 FAX QP'f1M t L Afnow OF Acecir '•• 1 FQI MAXIMUM. f 7QM "` 'Tol STN AG U111Ts.. WOWWWROR PROJECT 'NO: SEGONP FLOOR R F BUNG PLAN SCALE: 1 /8 °.1'- " n FIRST FLOOR RE PL EG 1 ED GLNe, PLAN SCALE: UNDERSIDE OF Nal ROOF RAFTERS 4 BEAM. PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING WQJD, REPLACE DAMA&ED SIT -TO MATCH ADJACENT EXTERIOR PLYWOOD SHEATHINCB. SOFFIT OF NE1 SIGN. FINISH EXTERIOR PLYYD} TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING. SOFFIT OF NEN BRIDGE t LARVINC. PAlrrr EXF'OSEV STRUGTUf. SEE. ELECTRIC FOR Lieer1N6. SOFFIT OF N1 BRIDGE if LANDING. -- PAINT EXPOSED STRUCTURE. SEE ELECTRIC FOR Liwrlhlo, 7 lx'�3 l =1 1 x.61 LL AND AS o IA ARCH Ir P.0. BoX 211 RQUNl7 ROCK, Tx 1 S SO (512) 255-12 (512 255 --5445 FAX JI / 7 4 02 411 MitarnIWIMOWVAIWMIIMSFISZWA t l Yer, a ll, lfy a cQnd(t erns at th� , r a port. �I�raropane +� Jaslty 1 ! s, ts� , 4s� ArchitectlErtgineer, 2 Deign Live Loads- Uniform llding • • RoO —2C/rot , , rlOor 3. pelt n soil bearing pressures at 1 , . ,. , „ S � p f fe3i min, b elv�t�exl;�ting grades = Piers .:. , :...4!, 00pe It they ,actuai bocaring pressures am not r ural to Or ?tooter than ,the design pressures the Contractor shall notify 'the erig er for appropriate action. • 4..Autldtng grad Preparation (SI>al -On- parade Aroco)T i a. emove all remain1ng vegetation, r';sait, uncontrolled NI and obstructions Prom the eaxisting aurface of the site, for a depth of 6 Imhof:, minlm►irY►< b. 5ctarlty sand reccmpact 6r inches on all cuts or at-grade natural soils. G. Construct a 12 Inch minimum compacted basin of select Pill overlaying they existing soil. The ,+,elect fill shall be in compliance with the specifications in item 5 bolaw. 5. lrririg building areas tv played grade using off -nice fill or approved on -sits fill sgtected and c4mpcaated tn•raG6rlydanco with the foliar+irr.�= a. F radatIon : wall me3et or exceed the Texas Strategy Dept. of Hl hways Publies Transportation SpeciPtcatlorti Construction onstruction of Mighwalys, Streets and 5ridges, lteni 246, Type A, Oracle e 2 or 'Typo b, Oracle 2. b, Flo e ticity Index Materla used for the 9-artifice fill shall Iwo a plasticity Index bob -leen 4 and 14, c: NO organic matter is peArMItted. d, Compaction Compact the material to at least 15% of the maximum dry density as determined ASTM 1,-616 GQmpactton ¶ost. Hold mater Contents during compaction ,to *oratory' -2% t' +2% of arat optirr»s l cad corrpcacted lift thickness s to 6 inches maximum. 0. Approval fill select flit material shall foe approved by the architect prior to It belns used on the pro+, jer�t, 6. Cast-In-Place concrete shalt be regular welc�Flt with a minlrtwm Compressive streng h of 5000 ill at days. The C rete mix design shall have a minimum or 5 sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete. The mix design shall be prepared by a testing agency and revie #rae3d by the Engineer prior to placing any condeete. All concretes shall be kx one supplier unless approved (ay the i irneer. 1. Concrete s hall have a inaximurJ slump of a" for and 4° Por all vthe r concrete. 8, t a(nfor41nr t s shall ;PO ASTM A -615 Graded 6 except te 4 #4 loser ties shall k Oracle 40. q. Vapor barrier$ shall be polyethylene sheets having a minimum. thiclvness Of 6 till, 5�G°I°IU Mt`It Y: 1. All CIA/ Mils to, be reinforced with I - #4 Vertical at 46 inches on donter. Mere shall also ba 3- #4 Vertical'; cat each corner, 4•-04 Verticals at each wall intersection and 2 .-#4 Verticals at each side of each o en1ng, cat wall erode and at control joints. There shall be one #4 Vertical per Ctrl) bt4ck,Ge ll pt each location notod above with each cell being filled rest 1. SOG0 psi concrete in 4' lifts mpxlrnur n, 2. All Cl+V Valise to be roinforGe=d horizontcalh with 5/16" Pvr-Q -Wall at 16 inches on center vertically. i Our-O- Hall to be baslc brit wire with deformed side ride. Cvr - - Hull to loss Puny amboddod In the mortar with a minimum of 5/6" cover on exterior faces. All splices shall be c minimtrrn oP ( '. Vona CM hook, side rods ctt ends of walls rand at openings. 5. Mortar shall be3 'Type M, w ith a minirnurn compressive strength of 2500 psi at 28 days. 4. Control Joints shall be placed at a maximum of 5O'. -0" spacV9 and at either sides of each opening. each control ,joint shall be properly reinforced to provide lateral support. 5. Bond Beams shall be placed at the floor rand roof level and at ca maximum vertical spacing of 6' -Q`. The bond beam shall consist of al 6" GF4U with 2- continuous and filled w1th 5O psi concrete. f I N. 6P () C •' 1•1` a e " '1 , r alig lei WATi,IM THAT THE Iiic't,1 , MiQ AL1' suecoItrocrofis ANta ttAfU'tA1_ SU M i t5 .TIE IuIit ll? TO UE HAVE CA.(FUy;Y AND riiQRoul l Y REITNL THE DRAMA Al SPEC ICAl Gt1S AND OTHER CQNSTR4'1.71(x C1.110rS.RNu Hnvi: rCu a t1 ,CCM' 1E ANO FRa FWWUtd Nf( ALNOUi11ES MIi3Su €FJC1LN1 FOR 1tilr;PURI?U`,st iN1iND 1.I},IE, ' i1tI�ER ftltrItIER WARW'liIS 11WA7 14 TH LaEST t OF1U OR t1 9JUCQN•. IJ: ;r r(1{25 ? !t#tl , 1U1f tAt. '111p1 LIES,KPIO Ufa' Alt, MAID M O PRGOUCi 'PECIfIEI) OR , >tali CM ; HEi uu A4 ' Ar, F,F"i FOR AI,1. • N'1?LICA CODES kV AUI1tOWTIEES. ta. 1i4 j 01-1044 4 , 0 .J ThIh d ocurr nt, the kites land de l rr ..ir1GVrporcrta d h0relri' cue ; arid 1111 re m ti the t ~ Operty of rI r r H Qod, Ins. • Tht 1o' o4 are rio t01,0 lo or cItored, In: the Ie or Ire. �i r t , 'for - othor~ �'' rr'lgincl Ir�t nee s.1 t15 ; rt r cr e b Ind Orly third p y S#41#44 1�1r t n ; r perm slon ?even h!r H e Pi 'd, I! 1"111'-0" FiN. OR ..4 ", 1L4-' i l 1o51TI2 "P-$ 1/4" 5/8 O\ATI oN �.�'eX3 `- L3X3Xi X O' - 5" �a "4)X4" EXP. BOLT #4 0 12' O.C. lei •q 1/4" (' 12" O,G.E.W: 3/$ " 11' -6 -h8" CMU ALL . #3 0 12" d.C.E.W. MINT SOIL RETAR4ERS 11/2 "- 1'--0" BOTTOM OF Pleb 15' -p BELOW EXISTING Gte OR FINISH GRAPE WHICHEVER IS PEEPER 12" 0 C.B.YV_ 3 TIES @ I` C/C — (4) 1 T. 18"O PIER 1 I oacYr22 4O O5 T 04 49 EA. NOSINe -NOSlW ' (see sine-es) 36 "Q BELL EE ARCH`T #3 @ 12' Q.C.E.A, 6 MIL POLY -� Apo 2#4 CANT @ IS" C/C VERT. FOR 61P .AVE BEAMS EFER THAN 36". (2) #4 CONT. #3 TIES 0 Ie' 44. (3) 1 $4 COW. 1".7 1105171 40 DIA Oil 1`-4 KilaieVeR le 6IREAreR Ni NTS 1 4 14,sEO2 NOTE: COLUMN BASE PLATE TO BE LOCATED AT TOP OP PIER A MINIMUM OP 18" E31 LOW TOP OP CoNverE. BASE OP COLUMN TO BB ENCASED IN A MINIMUM OF I8" OF CONCRETE ed0RNEIR OAR - MATCH CON'r. IREN. See SEGT1tNS. CONT. REIN. SiZE - AT ALt. roue. 13 04 I *SECTION 409901 t#4 12" O.G. w3 a 12" d .C. r - TEMP 12" -- 0 12" O.C. i . TS6X6X14 COLUMN 6 MIL POLY DATE, • • • 1, av • C70 L.\Z <zr, 0_ OiA PROJECT NO Hf ET • TI 1'L ; SAN L ANP ASSOCIATES ARCHITECT P.O. BOX 211 ROUND RQ6 , TX 18) 00 (512) 255 -1E352 (512 255 -5445 FAX • r. • N 1 (I :1 , I 1 11 PROVIPE IMPSON HOC412 BEAM HAN6ER EN!, NAIL TO EXIST. BEAM NITH (16) I6c1 NAILS EXISTING 4)(12 BEAM - (4) Is" X 6" ANCHOR 6041'6 FROVVE 16" riO.BONP EEAM AT ALL BEAM WARN& POINTS FOR ANINIMUM OF 24 EACti BEAM, k Boos 4-0 NEN 4X6 NOOP COLUMN ANCHOR COLUMN N1TH SIMPSON AB46 COLUMN BASE 4 1 /2"4 X 6" EXP. BOLT Ce TION -6)(12 R.S. CEDAR BEAM HAS BRACKET CIOXI5,5 CONT. 6X6-N2 c1XN2. N.F -- 5" CONCRETE: FILL -041x.5.4 24" Q.C "' #4 CONT. 0 IC) F 0 OR 4xI2 RS. CEPAR BEAR JOIST ON EXIST NALL FRAMIN67 -VO, X b" ANCHOR BOLTS @ $2" O.G. /RT EiN IIJTO ONP BEAM PL 2XI2 • 1,51.- C4X5.4 CIOXI . CON CIOXI5.5 CONT. 1 1/2"=I'-0" 52 E 0\ox15. PLYNOOP PECKII 11051:)T02 tt" PLYINOOP PECKIN6- - ---(2) $5 Cal' --SIMPSON H5 HURRICANE CLIP (rrP) 6"x12" R.S. CEDAR ,5" CONC, FILL 6X6412,1X,N2.1N.N.F,, VULCRAFT .6C26 FORMI,ECK • C4X5.4 L4X9Xii NT. 2041SEIO NS) x &" ANCHOR BOLTC.-) 24" O.C. bX6412.cliN2.1 $" CONCRETE FILL- II I ) 1105PT05 11051,T1 CO3 l \ CONT 2X TO EXIST. MUSSES ROOF cec,K.11 2/(4 BLOCKIN6 @ V-0" 0,C. 24 BRACE t EACH MSS 4X RAFTERS (4) 45" O.C. EXISTING MSS • EXISTIN6 SimiN6 / 0" CIA) NALL ILL CL LS 4 CONT. - NI) X 4" EXPANSION BOLTS 16" O.C --(2) #5 CONT. JOINT REINFORCING @ 16" O.C. - ----s!mnow HS HURRICANE CLIP (TYF) —VERT. MLL R IN. (SE e Fce) L4X4X AS REQUIRED BY THE ELEVATOR MFOZ_ X4 PURI_INS IV O.C. SIMPSON AS5 CLIPS (r(r) CEILING (SEE ARCHT.) FLOOR LEVEL is document, the ideas and desitpin Incorporated herein ore and shall remain tho: property of Fisher fickood, Inc, These docyrnents are not to be u6pel or eiltered, In Nholo or, In plrt, for other thon,the oriOnal lntendacl•pso, nor ore • the to :; ossiviecl ony OilreipOrtij 00)04 yrTtr Ihr H kinna rom • 1 RE RIMER WWI'S niAT THE room, MO ALL suntimvoks mATERIAL SUPPUERS ur ti OS TO OSE HAVE CAREruru..Y AND THOROUGO OM THE OWNING'S AND SPEUEICAPONS AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION MOMENTS AND TINE MONO THELi oopArTE NID iTt01.4 NIY JJI3KI)!flES SOMOIENT FOR - air Imoosc, ititaina), Tit Boom rtortim micattis THAT TO THE REST OE HIS OR NS WON TRACTORS AND J.Aii RA SIIPPLICS 4:140MED('/E., Au, WOW W. 4ND PROI:Ott SPEOfilt_O'4 INDIGATO HEREPARE. Awry rOR AIL APPIABIt CODES Arp Afro. E LAURtN • 1;\ ; • • • ' • • . . „ ••' " • - DATE - • DRAWN ("642/14 REVISrfi‘: SlLL AND ASSOCIATES ARCHITECT P0, BOX 2r1 ROUND RO6K, TX 1/3600 (512) 255-1b52 (512 255-5445 FAX PROJECT NO: SHEET TITLE: • r; • • 1.■ • " • " 7 "-'" • • • tk4 This dooment, the ioloOo. ond dori Incorporoted heroin Or, ond sholl 1 tho proport o F1$her H'19o9d, trio. 1'h660 004mont 5. are riot to v00,,01 or - 01toteol, lh itholiEo.or for othie thQn tho orionot 1ritertdad,U$e oeb' tilq9 to 0 clool9rip‘i oni; third pr::49,iO4.1.thout, N4ri iipforyrAstori Prom' riohpr = • : '1 • ', 0 •'•er 1r • !HE Bloom vogioNis HiAr THE OMR, Any ALL WeeDNIRCORS NO mATERIAL $UPPUERS WNW TO USE HAVE cAREmir AN° nioRtmints RENEWED 1HE BRAWM SPECIFX:AROte AND OMER CONsiRticHOH DOCUMENII HAVE FUUNO ,comPaTE, MD FREE FRuki pri •Amu AND SOFFICIENF FOR IHE PURPOSE itHEHDEQ. 1HE %DOER FURRIER WARMS THAT f0 THE' BEST Of HIS OR It 1 -3014; - - r,R,v;i0R5 Mu.MArEiket. 5UP015 KtakEKE 41. MAW' MO ° PROBUci$ SPECIOED C WOWED HEREIN ARE AIXEPTAIE FOR NI . •AFFIXAME WOES MO NIKROI(S. 05 52 SIM) - - 11 • ,. PATE (iRA4N11 REV1SEDi AND ASSOCIATES ARCHITECT P.O. EOX 211 ROMP ROCK, Tx isbe (512) 255-18)52 (512 255-5445 FAX PROJECT NiO: 2criA. ••, o Ff:1 SECOND FLOOD. REFL. GE ILING FLAN SCALE: I /4 " =I'-O FIRST FLOOD. iLTP OLN . PLAN SCALE: 14"= I EXISTING DUCT TRUNK LINE EXISTING DUCT TRUNK LINE EXISTING DUCT TRUNK LINE : i A GENERAL NOTES L PRIMARY DRAINS SHALL BE /4° PVC AND SHALL BE ROPED T. NEAREsT'Y`I" TRAP. ALL PRIMARY DRAINS N1LL HAVE A P -TPAP, THEN A TEE, INSTALLED ON ALL UNITS. AUXILIARY DRAINS POR SPLIT SYSTEMS SHALL CONSIST OF A FLOAT SI^IITGH MQUN'rt C1 IN A SECONDARY DRAIN PAN UNDER EACH AHII. . 2. DUCTWORK SHALL CONSIST OF FIBERGLASS DUCTBOARD TRDNKLINEE. ( LISTING): BRANCH DUCTS SHALL CONSIST OF EXTERNALLY INSULATED ROUND PIPE AND FLEXDUCT, INSTALL D WITH SPIN -TAPS W/ VOLUME DAMPERS. FLEXDUCT MAXIMUM LENGTH 1S IO'-O". 3. ALL DUCT SIZES Sl-ONN ON PLANS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. 4. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING, 5. REFRIGEEANT AND CONDENSATE PIPING 15 EXISTING. 6. AIR BALANCE AIR DEVICES. `I. RETURN AIR PLENUMS TO BE NEN FIBERGLASS DUCT. S. DISINFECT ALL EXISTING DUCT WORK. KEY NOTES: ()EXISTING FIBERGLASS TRUNKLINES, REPAIR NHERE NECESSARY. EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS. INSTALL NEW AUXIALARY DRAIN PANS FLOAT SNITCHES UNDER HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLERS. ®NAILOR HART MODEL #4020 SURFACE MOUNT FIRE RATED AIR DEVICES. NAILOR HART MODEL #4020 LAY -IN FIRE RATED AIR DEVICES, 5( NAILOR HART MODEL #4115 SURFACE MOUNT FIRE RATED RETURN AIR GRILLE NMI FILTER. (24X24) rNAILOR HART MODEL #4II5 LAY-IN FIRE RATED RETURN AIR GRILLE . (24x12) NAILOR HART MODEL # LAY -IN RETURN AIR GRILLE . (24X12) UNIT REPAIR NOTES: AND I. UNIT #2 (FIRST FLOOR) 15 LON ON REFRIGERANT. FIND LEAK AND REPAIR.. 2. UNIT #b (SECOND FLOOR) 15 GOMPLFrLY FLAT ON REFRIGERANT. FIND LEAK AND REPAIR, 3. UNIT #3 (SECOND FLOOR) CONDENSER NOT COMMING ON,NEFDS NEN 3 POLE CONTACTOR TO CHECK OUT UNIT. UNIT ALSO NEEDS A HEAT PUMP THERMOSTAT( I STAG GOOLf2 STAGE HEAT AND NIKE. 4. UNIT #5 (SECOND FLOOR) CONDENSER LON ON REFRIGERANT. FIND LEAK AND REPAIR. CLEAN CONDENSER COIL 5. ALL UNITS TO BE EXAMINED AND PUT IN &OOP WORKING ORDER. IF ITEMS OTHER THAN Tl-IOSE LISTED ABOVE ARE DETEGTED, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT WITH RECOMMENDATIONS AND QUOTE. • f ROJECT NO: s ' ' F. .S1LL AND A550 G I ATE5 I T,T ' Ra BOX 211 ROUND, ROC e TX 1660o (5(2) 255-1552 (5l2 255-5445, PAX LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MANUFACTURER 1 AND CAT, NO LAMPS FIXTURE NO. TYPE WATTS MOUNTING VOLT DESCRIPTION FA LITHONIA 2GT- 240 -Al2- 120 -ES -SL 2 F40T12 /CW 34W RECESSED GRID 120 2 LAMP 2'x4' FLUORESCENT FB LITHONIA 2M- 240-- Al2--- ES--SL -1B 2 F40T12 /CW 34W SURFACE W/ CEILING SPACER 120 2 LAMP 2'x4' FLUORESCENT W/ SPRING LOADED LATCH AND CEILING SPACER. FC LITHONIA LB -240M 120�ES 2 F40T12 /CW 34W SURFACE 120 2 LAMP SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT WITH ACRYLIC WRAPAROUND LENS AND CEILING SPACER. FD LITHONIA C-240-120- 2 F40T12 /CW 34W SURFACE 120 • 2 LAMP STRIP W/ WIREGUARD, MOUNTED AT STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED A LEVITON 9726C 1 100W SURFACE 120 PORCELAIN LAMP HOLDER W/ RECEPTACLE PULL CHAIN, AND WIREGUARD B MARCO C145-6GP/31 1 150R40 SURFACE PENDANT 120 SURFACE MOUNTED WITH ADJUSTABLE MOUNT FIXTURE TO MATCH EXISTING (ORIGINAL SPEC,, C .., LITHONIA RO-3ALP 1 1 OOW Al 9 RECESSED 120 DOWNLIGHT WITH CLEAR ALZAK REFLECTOR XA LITHONIA MSWIREL LITHONIA MSRW2REL 1 W/ FIXTURE UNIVERSAL MOUNTING 120 WHITE SINGLE FACE EXrr LIGHT WITH RED STENCILED LETTERS AND BATTERY. XB 1 W/ FIXTURE UNIVERSAL MOUNTING 120 WHITE DOUBLE FACE EXrr LIGHT WITH RED STENCILED LETTERS AND BATrERY. LOAD ANkLY ROUND ROCK PARKS AND RECREATION PEAK KVA FOR PAST 12 MO.- 38KW 12 .85 PF 44.7 KVA PLUS 25% 11.2 KVA II. LIGHTING PLUS 25% IV. HVAC A. CONDENSING UNITS B. AHU'S IV. TOTAL 508.0 KVA 5* 10.3 KVA V. EQUIPMENT A. KITCHEN MISC. B. DISPOSAL C. RANGE D. ELEVATOR 15HP E. PLUS 25% OF LARGEST MOTOR 7.6 KVA 1.9 KVA 55.9 KVA 9.5 KVA III. RECEPTACLES 16 CI I80VA 2.0 KVA 40.0 KVA 51.5 KVA 0.5 KVA 1.1 KVA 8.4 KVA 17.5 KVA 4.4 KVA THIS EQUATES TO 532 AMPS AT A SERVICE VOLTAGE OF 208/120V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE THE SERVICE CONDUCTORS CONSISTING OF TWO 500 KCMILS (760A) PER PHASE HAVE THE CAPACITY FOR THE LOAD. THIS LOAD ANALYSIS INCLUDES THE START -UP OF FOUR EXISTING CONDENSERS AND AFIU'S THAT HAVE BEEN OUT OF SERVICE SINCE THE BUILDING WAS BUILT AND ONE ONE VACATED BY A TENANT. 91.5 KVA 31.9 KVA 191.7 KVA EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING SN 6 ` 0 0 11 0 0 q- 1 _-- `C� -- 0 0 0 27 29 EXISTING 31 50 RANGE /OVEN 8.4 3 1 C 3-#6,#1 GND " Q 35 37 0 O- __. 39 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PANEL "MDPB" 208/1 20V,30,4W ALL CIRCUIT BREAKER 20A UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED W/ 400A BUS 24/ -------- N. 26 `- - EXISTING 28 /"'---- 4 EXISTING EXISTING 32 -, EXISTING 0 EXISTING 3 0 EXISTING EXISTING 0- 41p 0 EXISTING 1 4 1_4_ 2 C / � '4 EXISTING FEEDER AND PANELBOARD TO REMAIN SECOND FLOOR _____ FIRST FLOOR [721 PEEPER Art PANELBOARD TO REMAIN REMOVE GND CONNECTION . --..- EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING 4 , EXISTING 16 EXISTING 18 T ---- EXISTING 2O EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING FEEDER AND PANELT30ARD TO REMAIN MAIN SERVICE PANEL NEMA 3R REMOVE EXISTING 4 "G kV 4OOMGM AND METER. CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT MAY BE REROUTED IF POSSIBLE. EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING LGTS LGTS LGTS LGTS LGTS, RCPTS LGTS LGTS ELEV CONT ELEV. LGT SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE RKS_ANII EECTEATIQN BI EL_ 1 ?AM SCALE: N •T TO SC EXISTING PANEL "2LA" 208/220V,30,4W ALL CIRCUIT BREAKER 20A UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 0.3 -c 0- 1.5 0 0.. 21 0.3 25 4 4 27 0 029 31 © Q 7.6 EXISTING PNL MDPA TO REMAIN 4-#50OMGM, #3 GNP, 3 I /2 "C RED EXISTIN& PANELBOARD I SN O 0 35 O 0- O 9 41 NEW MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD MDP, 800A, 20B/120V, 3 PHASE, 4 HIRE Ise = 30P00 R. AS S T'M AMPS W/ 100A BUS r X 0/3 F iXISTIN6 FNL MIS TO REMAIN 400 AF Fi 400 AF T 1 r I floor. TO NE ELEVATOR SEE E -3 FOR LOCATION 4 - . OOMCM, #3 GNP, 3 I /2 "G REFEEP EXISTING PANELBOARD WIRENAY TO REMAIN EXISTING 4 p EXISTING 6 ____ EXISTING 8 a EXISTING 10 1.0 5 RCPT 12 1.0 5 RCPT 1`4 1 . 0 5 RCPT 1 �� 0.4 2 RCPT 18 1.1 DISPOSAL 20 0 7 --- 0 ,____N 0.5 REFRIG 22 .- ,------ , 0 0 SPACE 24 `` SPACE 26 SPACE 28 SPACE 30 6.-. SPACE 32 SPACE .4 SPACE 3-6-6- - c SPACE 38 * EXISTING © EXISTING 42 0 EXISTING 3- #1/0,#6 CND, 1 I /2 'G ///////////// 5.0 2Q0/3 200/"3 100/3 100/3 I50 AF �._ _\/_ / SPACE # 2/0 ---N iC.rC, N AND r- T AT EUIL DIN& NEH UNDERGROUND SERVICE TY`io 4 11 0 W/ 4- 3S00MGM SEE E-4 FOR ROUTING EXISTING UTILITY TRANSFORMER TO REMAIN 1 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING LGTS LGTS SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE NOTES: 134.6 EXISTING PANEL "2LB" 208/220V,30,4W ALL CIRCUIT BREAKER 20A UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED Q ' 1.8 • C7 7 O �._ . .. 15 17 19 a 021 23 24 O 0 -- - - •----o 0 w/ 100A BUS 1 PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN SIZES INDICATED COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING ITE LOAD CENTERS AND PANELBOARDS FOR NEW CIRCUITS INDICATED. GRADE 2 - --0 0 4 ---- 0- -- --� 6 ---O O- 8 4 0 10 -- 12 0 1 - 0 16 -0 a.-- 4 1 20 22 0 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE A - HA FA (14 RM (t m G FI s SD 15 HP TC2 MEI LEGEND WALL MOUNTED INCANDESCENT UGHiT FIXTURE - LEI TER DENOTES TYPE CEILING OR PENDANT MOUNTED INCANDESCENT FIXTURE LE.I I ER DENOTES TYPE. FLUORESCENT FIXTURE -. LEI 1 ER DENOTES TYPE EXIT LIGI -IT WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED --- . LETTER DENOTES TYPE DUPLEX' RECEPTACLE 20A -125V, 2P- 3W--G, NEMA 5-20R R" SUBSCRIPT INDICATES EXISTING RECEPTACLE TO BE RELOCATED. "EX" SUBSCRIPT INDICATES EXISTING RECEPTACLE. TO REMAIN, "RM SUBSCRIPT INDICATES EXISTING RECEPTACLE TO RELOCATED. GROUND FAULT RECEPTACLE WITH WEATHER PROOF COVER SINGLE RECEPTACLE 50A- 120/208, 2P- 4W ---G, NEMA 14-50R HARDWIRED CONNECTION SINGLE POLE WALL SWITCH MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL ELEMENT WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLF:r BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD BRANCH CIRCUIT OR FEEDER EXPOSED OR CONCEALED IN EITHER CEILING OR WALL BRANCH CIRCUIT OR FEEDER IN FLOOR SLAB OR UNDERGROUND HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD - SUBSCRIPT DENOTES PANELBOARD AND CIRCUITS NON - FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH -- SIZE AS NOTED 30(SIZE) /3(POLES) /3R(ENCLOSURE) . FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH - SIZE AS NOTED 30( SIZE) /3(POLES) /3OAF(FUSE) /ENCLOSURE THREE PHASE MOTOR - HP AS NOTED JUNCTION BOX METER PHOTO CONTROLLER z 0 III AND ,A O I A-1 'ARGHt P. E3OX 211 ROUND ROCK, TX 18680 (512) 2551852 (512 255-5445 FAX 7 PROJECT NO: A J (7d,9e) (7d,9e) FC (7j,11 k) FC S SHARON (7h,9i FC (7h STORAGE IL = O CONFERENCE I I 1 ELEV. I I a 70 7a 9b FB FB 7a 70 7a '71 FB FB FB L FB 7a FB 7a E FB FB FB SCALE. I/ la FB r 70 FB 7 a FB FB FB 7a 9b FB FB 7a FB SWITCH CIRCUIT 7a E- FB i FB 0 ;ON FLOOR 116FITIN6 PLAN SCALE: 1/4".- K6) FIRST FLOOR R A IN FLAN 9b FB 9b FB FB FB 9b FB 7a 70 70 9b 9b FB FB 9b FB 9b 0 9b FB FB 9b FB EL-I1 XA f3 9b FB 9b o —� SWITCH INNER LAMP SWITCH OUTER LAMPS CIRCUIT INNER LAMP CIRCUIT OUTER LAMPS L•! i FA 19 E FA 19 EXISTING LEASE SPACE ,7 { y b F DAVID I-r 1 11111 1 /11111 11111111 it RAMP EOVIN B 13 PE B m B 13 TYP.) a X13 (TYP.) 13 13 0 0 D MOL,ITIOI NOTES EXISTING 208/120V, rTE LOAD CENTER PANELBOARD } TO REMAIN. EXISTING DOOR (SHOWN DASHED) TO BE RELOCATED. REMOVE EXISTING WALL SWITCH AND RELOCATE TO 48" AFF AT NEW LOCATION SHOWN. RECONNECT TO EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT. RELOCATE EXISTING 2'X4' LIGHT FIXTURES 4' -0" SOUTH AND RECONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. LIGHT FIXTURES IN THIS ROOM EXISTING TO REMAIN. LIGHTING REFERENCE NOTES NUMBERS ADJACENT TO LIGHT FIXTURES INDICATE CIRCUIT NUMBERS FROM PANEL 2LB UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. LAMPS CONTROLLED BY SWITCH WITH SAME LOWER CASE SUBSCRIPT ADJACENT TO CIRCUIT NUMBER. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESIS, ADJACENT TO LIGHT FIXTURES, INDICATE CIRCUIT NUMBERS FROM PANEL 21..A. FIRST NUMBER SHOWN IS FOR INNER LAMPS AND SECOND NUMBER IS FOR OUTER LAMPS. NUMBERS ADJACENT TO DOWNLIGHTS INDICATE CIRCUIT NUMBERS FROM PANEL 2LA UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PROVIDE 600W DIMMER, LUTRON NOVA SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, CIRCUIT EXIT LIGHT TO UN WITCHED LEG OF LIGHTING CIRCUrr IN THIS ROOM. NUMBERS ADJACENT TO NEW SOFFIT LIGHTS AND ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT ROOM INDICATE CIRCUIT NUMBERS FROM PANEL 2LA UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PROVIDE PHOTOCONTROLLER MOUNTED AT ROOF FOR CONTROL OF SOFFIT LIGHTS. NUMBERS FROM PANEL 2LA UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. NUMBERS ADJACENT TO LIGHT FIXTURES INDICATE CIRCUIT NUMBERS FROM EXISTING PANEL 2LA UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SEE 1/E-2 FOR LOCATION. MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE IN ELEVATOR PIT. SEE 3/E-3 FOR CONTINUATION, NUMBER ADJACENT TO LIGHT FIXTURE INDICATES CIRCUIT NUMBER FROM PANEL 2LA. DATE DRAWN /22P1 :. REVISED. • R.SI'LL AND ASSOGIATES ARCHITEGT P.O. BOX 211 , RQUN.I7 RUCK, TX 1604 (512) 255 -1b52 (512 255-5445 FAX / PROJECT NO. I[ EXISTING LEASE ; SPAGE PNL 2LB STORA&E EX SHARON EXISTING LEASE SPA GE STORAGE 4 re44:❖;.;4: 0 4 01 11 :PAW vms tiritlyar 200/3/- SEGONP FLOOR P NER PLAN SCALE: I/4' FIR 1 FLOOR . PLAN s ALE: 1/6".11' EXISTING LEA AGE P EX 0 200 /3/150A /3R -- PNL MDPB PNL MDPA WP EX 2 1111111111 1111111111 1 ( 1 1 1 1 1 /1 11,11 7 11 • 11111111`11 11 11 11 II I5= Fft TH O RELOCATE EXISTING RECEPTACLE TO 18" . AFF. EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUIT AND RECONNECT. EXISTING RECEPTACLE OR DEVICE TO REMAIN. DEMOLITION _ NT EXISTING WALL (SHOWED DASHED) AND DEVICES TO BE. REMOVED. REMOVE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT COMPLETE TO PANEL OR LAST ACTIVE JUNCTION BOX. REROUTE EXISTING CIRCUIT AND RECONNECT EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN. . 0 EXISTING 208/120V, ITE LOAD CENTER PANELBOARD TO REMAIN, 5 RELOCATE EXISTING RECEPTACLE TO ABOVE CABINET AT 42" AFF, EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUIT AND RECONNECT. ELECTRICAL REFERENCE NOTES K i : NUMBERS ADJACENT RECEPTACLES INDICATE CIRCUIT NUMBERS FROM EXISTING 208/120V, PANELBOARD 2LA. PROVIDE 20/1 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING PANELBOARD FOR EACH NEW RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. K2) TAP EXISTING FEEDER TO PANEL MDLB IN WIREWAY FOR FEEDER TO ELEVATOR. SEE 1/E -1 FOR FEEDER CONDUCTOR AND CONDUIT SIZE. O PROVIDE 50/2 CIRCUIT IN EXISTING 208/120V PANELBOARD MDPB FOR OVEN RANGE COMBINATION. COORDINATE RECEPTACLE TYPE WITH SUPPLIER. O MOUNT IN ELEVATOR Prr FOR RECEPTACLE AND LIGHT, SEE E-2 FOR CONTINUATION. KI INSTALL RECEPTACLES ABOVE COUNTER IN SPLASH AT '48" AFF. RECONNECT TO EXISTING RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT, SEE DEMOLITION NOTE 5. 0 MOUNT SWITCH BELOW COUNTER FOR OPERATION OF GARBAGE DISPOSAL. EXISTING WALL (SHOWED DASHED) AND DEVICES TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT COMPLETE TO PANEL OR LAST ACTIVE JUNCTION BOX. REROUTE EXISTING CIRCUIT AND RECONNECT NEW DEVICES TO BE LOCACATED IN COUNTER. SEE NOTE 5 BELOW. PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE BOX BELOW CABINET FOR PULLING AND LB F1ITING ON EXTERIOR OF WALL. AVOID UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. r�. DATE DRAW: QS ///14 RVISED. Q P.O. BOX 211 ROUND ROCK, TX I Sb &O (512) 255-18 (512 255 -5445 FAX 0 R.6 ILL AND A550G I ATES ARGHIMGT • [1 It f1 •11 tr tJ P N L BU\LD\NC O1R SITE PLAN CALF: 1 / & "- I' -O" 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HP,ND\CP\ HINDI pp ED r 1 11 II 11 11 RFD CURB -I iRE 163 -- 161 BU\LD Li 5L CTRJCAL R -XISTI VOU\ r ER G TU - L =CTRIC PAD � TRANS= O=V =R -S NOT t' EXISTING SERVICE •CONDUCTORS TO BE UPGRADED. ROUTE SHOWN IS WORST CASE. HAND DIG UNTIL EXACT ROUTE I DETERMINED TO PARALLEL SERVICE IF EXISTNC CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS ARE REROUTED AT SERVICE FOR REUSE. SEE 1/E-1 FOR CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SIZE. COORDINATE WITH TU ELECTRIC FOR ACCESS TO TRANSFORMER. 0 POUR CONCRETE SERVICE PAD AND MOUNT NEW MAIN SERVICE PANEL MDP ON FREESTANDING METAL RACK WITH CT CAN AND METER. SEE E-3 FOR REMAINING EQUIPMENT AT THIS LOCATION 0 CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT AND PATCH EXISTING PARKING LOT AND CURB. DATE j DRAWN. • O //4 REVISED :. • R.&ILL ANL? ASSOCIATES ARCHITECT P.O. BOX 211 ' .. ROUNP RQXK, TX la &o (512) 255-1852 (512 255 -5445 ?AX